Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 488

Brent Cross Cricklewood Section 73 Planning Application

October 2013

BXC20 —
Approval In Principle (AIP)
Documents for Bridges

Brent Cross Cricklewood Partners


10 Grosvenor Street
London W1K 4BJ
www.brentcrosscricklewood.com
CONTENTS  
 
 
SECTION  1:  TEMPLEHOF  BRIDGE  (B1)  (updated  since  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  2:  MML  BRIDGE  (B2)  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  3:  MML  PEDESTRIAN  BRIDGE  (B3)  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  4:  A406  PEDESTRIAN  BRIDGE  (B4)  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  5:  A41  PEDESTRIAN  BRIDGE  (B5)  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  6:  A406/M1  PEDESTRIAN  BRIDGE  (B6)  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  7:  M1/A406  -­‐  M1  NORTH  LINK  UNDER  BRIDGE  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  8:  M1/A406  -­‐  M1  SOUTH  SLIP  ROAD  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  9:  M1/A406  -­‐  A406  (E)  BRIDGE  UNDER  M1  LINK  NORTH  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  10:  A41/A406  JUNCTION  –  REVIEW  OF  EXISTING  
STRUCTURES  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  11:  RAILWAY  ARCHES  OVER  A406  –  REVIEW  OF  EXISTING  
STRUCTURES  (as  per  2010  Permission)  
SECTION  11:  LIVING  BRIDGE  (B7)  (updated  since  2010  Permission)  
 
PREFACE  

This  Approval  in  Principle  Documentation  for  Bridges  has  been  prepared  by  URS  to  support  a  
planning  application  under  Section  73  of  the  Town  and  Country  Planning  Act  1990  for  planning  
permission  for  the  regeneration  of  Brent  Cross  Cricklewood  without  complying  with  conditions  
attached  to  Planning  Permission  Ref  No:  C/17559/08  (“the  2010  Permission”)  granted  on  28  October  
2010.  The  primary  purpose  of  the  application  is  to  make  adjustments  to  the  planning  conditions  of  
the  2010  Permission  to  reflect  the  evolution  in  the  scheme  design  and  the  revised  strategy  for  
delivery  in  accordance  with  the  clear  policy  commitment  to  achieve  comprehensive  development  of  
the  regeneration  area.  

The  Application  Forms  (BXC1)  and  Planning  Statement  Addendum  (BXC4)  which  support  this  Section  
73  application  provide  full  details  of  the  conditions  that  are  proposed  to  be  altered  and  why  those  
alterations  are  necessary.    The  specific  changes  can  briefly  be  summarised  as  follows:  

• Creation  of  a  footbridge  named  the  Living  Bridge  over  the  North  Circular  Road  to  improve  
pedestrian  connectivity  across  the  site  and  provide  better  integration  between  the  northern  
and  southern  components  of  the  development;  
• Alterations  to  the  layout  of  development  within  Brent  Cross  East  Development  Zone  (ie  
around  remodelled  Brent  Cross  Shopping  Centre)  including  creating  the  interface  with  the  
Living  Bridge,  as  well  as  consequential  amendments  to  the  alignment  of  the  River  Brent;  
• Alterations  to  the  phasing  of  the  development  to  bring  more  of  the  Brent  Cross  East  
Development  Zone  into  Phase  1  including  the  new  bus  station;  and  
• Alterations  and  improvements  to  the  open  space  and  public  realm  provision,  including  the  
reconfiguration  of  Brent  Cross  Square  and  Market  Square  to  integrate  with  the  Living  Bridge.  

These,  and  other  changes,  are  designed  to  enable  the  strategic  vision  for  comprehensive  
regeneration  of  the  site  to  be  delivered  in  a  timely,  effective  and  beneficial  manner.  

The  principal  changes  relate  to  the  approved  Parameter  Plans,  and  attached  to  this  Preface  for  ease  
of  reference  is  a  schedule  which  explains  the  proposed  amendments  to  each  Parameter  Plan.    A  
revised  Illustrative  Masterplan  contained  in  the  Revised  Design  &  Access  Statement  (BXC3)  has  been  
prepared  to  show  one  way  in  which  the  scheme  could  be  delivered  in  accordance  with  the  revised  
Parameter  Plans.    

The  proposals  contain  identical  quantums  of  development  floorspace,  and  its  distribution  across  the  
Development  Zones  is  consistent  with  the  Zonal  Floorspace  Schedule  (Appendix  5  of  the  Revised  
Development  Specification  &  Framework  2009)  approved  under  the  2010  Permission.      

The  introduction  of  the  Living  Bridge  is  a  beneficial  addition  to  the  Critical  Infrastructure  to  be  
delivered  by  the  scheme,  further  breaking  down  barriers  across  the  A406  North  Circular  Road  and  
providing  enhanced  integration  between  the  northern  and  southern  sides  of  the  town  centre.    The  
phasing  of  the  scheme  is  proposed  to  be  amended  to  enlarge  the  Primary  Development  Package  (ie  
Phase  1)  from  that  previously  consented.    This  is  fully  explained  in  the  Planning  Statement  
Addendum  (BXC4),  but  the  principal  change  is  the  delivery  of  the  Brent  Cross  East  Development  
Zone  in  full  (rather  than  being  split  over  2  phases)  together  with  an  expanded  commitment  to  
deliver  major  items  of  Critical  Infrastructure  which  are  currently  included  in  Phases  2  and  3  under  
the  2010  Permission  -­‐  the  additional  Phase  1  infrastructure  linked  to  development  in  Brent  Cross  
East  Zone  will  facilitate  delivery  of  the  town  centre  south  of  the  A406  North  Circular  Road  as  well  as  
PREFACE  

enabling  the  full  Brent  Cross  East  Zone  to  be  delivered  in  the  first  phase.    A  table  at  the  end  of  this  
Preface  identifies  the  changes  to  floorspace  in  Phase  1  by  Development  Zone,  and  also  shows  the  
remaining  floorspace  in  each  Development  Zone  post  Phase  1  which  will  be  delivered  in  a  
subsequent  phase.        

The  revised  Indicative  Construction  Programme  in  the  Construction  Impact  Assessment  Addendum  
(BXC21)  shows  that  despite  the  enlarged  scope  of  Phase  1,  overall  delivery  of  this  floorspace  will  
occur  over  a  similar  timescale  to  that  set  out  in  the  previous  Indicative  Construction  Programme.    
The  enlarged  Phase  1  will  provide  a  greater  commitment  to  invest  in  the  initial  stage  of  the  
development,  including  the  additional  critical  infrastructure  items,    and  will  provide  an  even  stronger  
basis  for  the  comprehensive  regeneration  of  the  site  as  a  whole  in  accordance  with  local  and  
regional  planning  policy.    

All  of  the  documents  submitted  in  support  of  the  original  planning  application  have  been  reviewed  
in  light  of  the  proposed  alterations  to  the  conditions  attached  to  the  2010  Permission,  as  well  as  any  
other  change  in  circumstances.  

Approval  in  Principle  Documentation  for  Bridges  (March  and  November  2008)  was  submitted  in  
support  of  the  application  documentation  that  led  to  the  2010  Permission.    For  completeness  this  
Approval  in  Principle  Documentation  for  Bridges  contains  all  revised  plans  now  submitted,  as  well  as  
those  previously  approved  as  part  of  the  2010  Permission  that  are  not  to  be  updated.  

References  in  this  document  to  ‘Development  Partners’,  ‘Applicant/s ’  or  ‘Developer/s ’  are  to  be  
taken  to  mean  the  Brent  Cross  Partners  in  respect  of  Phase  1A  (North),  Phase  1B  (North)  and  Phase  2  
(North)  of  the    Development  and  CRL  in  respect  of  the  other  Phases  and  Sub-­‐Phases  of  the  
Development.  

 
PREFACE  

Table  Identifying  Changes  to  Floorspace  in  Phase  1  by  Development  Zone  and  Remaining  
Floorspace  in  Each  Development  Zone  Post  Phase  1  

2010  Permission   Current  Application  


(sqm)   (sqm)  
       

PDP  

Residential  (Class  C3)   124,330   171,150  

Retail  and  Related  Uses  (Classes  A1  -­‐  A5)  -­‐  North   38,626   78,133  

Retail  and  Related  Uses  (Classes  A1  -­‐  A5)  -­‐  South   22,575   22,718  

Business  (Class  B1)   0   10,970  

Hotel  (Class  C1)   31,722   31,722  

Leisure  (Class  D2)   17,253   20,411  

Community  Facilities  (Class  D1)   6,690   9,338  

General  Industrial/Storage  &  Distribution  incl.  WHF  and  Rail  


24,619   24,700  
Freight  (Classes  B2  B8)  

Rail  &  Bus  Station  (Sui  Generis)   0   117  

Total     265,815   369,259  

Development  Zones  Post  PDP  

Market  Quarter   98,082   88,201  

Station  Quarter   448,403   448,403  

Eastern  Lands   242,255   234,192  

Clitterhouse  Playing  Fields   0   0  

Brent  Terrace   190,977   190,976  

Cricklewood  Lane   4,180   0  

Railway  Lands   42,269   36,614  

Brent  Cross  East   75,664   0  


PREFACE  

Brent  Cross  West   52,342   52,342  

Total     1,154,172   1,050,728  

Overall  Total   1,419,987   1,419,987  

 
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

Parameter  Plan   Changes  North   Changes  South  


PARAMETER  PLAN  001    Minor   change   to   Development   Zone   boundary   –   the    The   boundary   of   the   Market   Quarter   and   Eastern  
–  Development  Zones   northern   part   of   BX   West   Development   Zone   is   being   Lands   Development   Zones   is   altered   slightly   to   include  
brought  into  BX  East  Development  Zone;  and   the  Living  Bridge  in  Eastern  Lands;  and  
 The  plan  shows  Building  Zones  which  are  defined  by  the    The   plan   shows   Building   Zones   which   are   defined   by  
approximate   location   of   roads/routes   and   open   spaces   the   approximate   location   of   roads/routes   and   open  
as   controlled   by   other   Parameter   Plans.   Floorspace   spaces   as   controlled   by   other   Parameter   Plans.  
allocated   to   each   Development   Zone   is   further   sub-­‐ Floorspace   allocated   to   each   Development   Zone   is  
divided   to   each   Building   zone   as   per   Parameter   Plan   further   sub-­‐divided   to   each   Building   zone   as   per  
014.   Changes   are   required   to   the   configuration   of   the   Parameter   Plan   014.   Changes   are   required   to   the  
Building   Zones   in   Brent   Cross   East   zone,   consistent   with   configuration  of  the  Building  Zones  in  Eastern  Lands  &  
changes  to  Parameter  Plans  002  and  003.   Market   Quarter   zones,   consistent   with   changes   to  
Parameter  Plans  002  and  003.  
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  002    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   identifies   the    The   revised   plan   shows   the   introduction   of   the   Living  
–  Transport   ‘approximate’   location   of   the   bus   station.     The   Bridge;    
Infrastructure   proposed   new   location   is   slightly   to   the   east   of   the    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   identifies   Claremont  
existing,   and   despite   the   ‘approximate’   flexibility   it   is   Avenue  with  a  deviation  of  +/-­‐35m,  and  its  location  as  
proposed   the   plan   be   updated   to   show   the   new   now   proposed   falls   within   this   threshold.     However,  
location;   the   location   will   be   updated   on   the   revised   plan   to  
 The  plan  shows  the  introduction  of  the  Living  Bridge;   reflect  the  relationship  with  the  Living  Bridge;  
 The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   showed   indicatively    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   identifies   the  
Vehicle  Access  Points  into  Building  Zones  which  were  to   east/west  route  between  Market  Square  and  the  A41  
be  defined  at  a  reserved  matters  stage.    The  plan  will  be   pedestrian   bridge   with   a   deviation   of   +/-­‐40m.     The  
updated  to  show  revised  indicative  locations;   location   of   this   route   as   now   proposed   falls   within   this  
 The   label   “Zone   where   building   can   be   built   over   threshold,   but   for   completeness   the   new   location   is  
highway  infrastructure”  has  been  removed;   shown  on  the  revised  plan;    
 Minor   changes   are   made   to   the   supporting   text   to    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   shows   a   Managed  
reflect  the  above  and  other  small  changes.   Vehicular   Route   which   is   identified   through   the  
  Education   Zone   E1.     This   has   been   revised   slightly   in  
light  of  the  location  and  configuration  of  the  education  
facilities;  
 Minor   changes   are   made   to   the   supporting   text   to  
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLAN  002    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   identifies   the    The   revised   plan   shows   the   introduction   of   the   Living  
–  Transport   ‘approximate’   location   of   the   bus   station.     The   Bridge;    
Infrastructure   proposed   new   location   is   slightly   to   the   east   of   the    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   identifies   Claremont  
existing,   and   despite   the   ‘approximate’   flexibility   it   is   Avenue  with  a  deviation  of  +/-­‐35m,  and  its  location  as  
proposed   the   plan   be   updated   to   show   the   new   now   proposed   falls   within   this   threshold.     However,  
location;   the   location   will   be   updated   on   the   revised   plan   to  
 The  plan  shows  the  introduction  of  the  Living  Bridge;   reflect  the  relationship  with  the  Living  Bridge;  
 The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   showed   indicatively    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   identifies   the  
Vehicle  Access  Points  into  Building  Zones  which  were  to   east/west  route  between  Market  Square  and  the  A41  
be  defined  at  a  reserved  matters  stage.    The  plan  will  be   pedestrian   bridge   with   a   deviation   of   +/-­‐40m.     The  
updated  to  show  revised  indicative  locations;   location   of   this   route   as   now   proposed   falls   within   this  
 The   label   “Zone   where   building   can   be   built   over   threshold,   but   for   completeness   the   new   location   is  
highway  infrastructure”  has  been  removed;   shown  on  the  revised  plan;    
 Minor   changes   are   made   to   the   supporting   text   to    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   shows   a   Managed  
reflect  the  above  and  other  small  changes.   Vehicular   Route   which   is   identified   through   the  
  Education   Zone   E1.     This   has   been   revised   slightly   in  
light  of  the  location  and  configuration  of  the  education  
facilities;  
 Minor   changes   are   made   to   the   supporting   text   to  
reflect  the  above  and  other  small  changes;  
 Tempelhof   link   road   has   been   classed   as   a   primary  
route.  
PARAMETER  PLAN  003    The   revised   plan   shows   the   changes   to   the   location   of    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   shows   the   general  
–  Public  Realm  and   the  River  Brent  and  associated  river  crossings;     location   of   Market   Square   (M2)   -­‐   it’s   exact   location,  
Urban  Structure    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   shows   the   ‘general   configuration   and   size   was   to   be   defined   at   the  
location’  of  Brent  Cross  Square  which  is  to  be  defined  at   reserved   matter   stage.   The   revised   location   of   the  
a   reserved   matter   stage.   The   plan   is   being   revised   to   square   will   fall   in   the   ‘general’   location   defined,   but  
show  the  ‘general  location’  of  the  square  to  the  east  of   the   plan   has   been   updated   to   show   the   new   location  
its  present  location;     of  the  Square  relative  to  the  Living  Bridge;    
 The  plan  shows  the  introduction  of  the  Living  Bridge;    The   Main   Connection   along   Claremont   Avenue   and  
 Main   Connections   are   the   principal   pedestrian   and   Whitefield   Avenue   has   changed   consistent   with   the  
cycle   corridors   between   public   realm.     The   links   in   the   changes  to  Parameter  Plan  002  above;  
plan   in   the   2010   Permission   currently   relate   to   High    A   Floating   Building   Zone   was   shown   within   Market  
Street   North,   a   link   north   of   Brent   Cross   Square   into   Square.    This  has  been  removed  from  the  plan;    
BXSC,  north  of  River  Brent  Nature  Park  to  Sturgess  Park,    A  Managed  Pedestrian  Route  is  identified  through  the  
and  between  Templehof  Bridge  and  Brent  Cross  Square.     Education   Zone   E1,   which   will   need   to   be   revised   in  
Small  modifications  are  shown  to  the  location  of  these   light   the   final   location   and   configuration   of   the  
routes  to  reflect  the  revised  layout  configuration;   education  facilities,  as  per  plan  002  above;  
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLANS  004    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   shows   the   land   use    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   shows   the   land   use  
&  005  -­‐  Ground  Level   character  of  principal  elevations.    The  locations  of  these   character   of   principal   elevations.     The   locations   of  
and  Upper  Level  Land   elevations   will   need   to   be   updated   consistent   with   these   elevations   will   need   to   be   updated   consistent  
Uses  to  Frontages   changes  to  Parameter  Plans  002  and  003;   with  changes  to  Parameter  Plans  002  and  003;      
 The   use   of   principal   elevations   within   Brent   Cross   East    Minor   land   use   changes   are   proposed   including  
zone   will   continue   to   be   ‘Predominantly   Retail   or   making   the   elevation   adjacent   to   the   Living   Bridge  
Leisure  or  Hotel’  at  ground  floor,  however,  updates  are   Predominantly  Retail  or  Leisure  or  Hotel;    
required   at   ground   and   upper   to   reflect   the   revised    Removal   of   the   floating   building   zone   in   Market  
scheme   inc   multi   storey   car   parking,   community   uses,   Square.    
residential,  etc;  
 Upper   levels   of   western   and   eastern   parts   of   Brent  
Cross  East  classed  as  ‘Any  Permitted  Use’.  
PARAMETER  PLAN  006  -­‐    Small   changes   to   reflect   the   amendments   to   the    Small   changes   to   reflect   the   amendments   to   the  
Finished  Site  Levels   scheme,  including  the  Living  Bridge.   scheme,  including  the  Living  Bridge.    

PARAMETER  PLAN  007  -­‐    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   defines   maximum    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   defines   maximum  
Maximum  Building  and   heights   of   buildings   above   finished   ground   floor   level   heights   of   buildings   above   finished   ground   floor   level  
Frontage  Heights   (inclusive   of   plant)   for   both   Building   Zones   and   along   (inclusive   of   plant)   for   both   Building   Zones   and   along  
key   frontages.     As   per   the   changes   to   Parameter   Plans   key  frontages.    As  per  the  changes  to  Parameter  Plans  
002  and  003,  the  layout  of  the  Building  Zones  has  been   002  and  003,  the  layout  of  the  Building  Zones  has  been  
updated  on  the  revised  plan;     updated  on  the  revised  plan;  
 The   heights   shown   in   the   plan   of   2010   Permission   are    The  heights  shown  in  the  plan  of  2010  Permission  are  
generally   maintained,   although   some   changes   have   generally   maintained   in   the   revised   plan,   with   small  
occurred,  mainly  to  the  south  of  Brent  Cross  East  zone   modifications   proposed   around   Market   Square   which  
where   a   maximum   height   threshold   has   changed   from   reduces  maximum  plot  height  from  50m  to  45m  (due  
50m  and  33m  to  42m;   to  the  removal  of  the  floating  building  zone  in  Market  
 The  plan  in  the  2010  Permission  indicates  building  and   Square);  and  
frontage   heights   from   finished   ground   floor   level    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   indicates   building   and  
(where   pedestrian   entrance   points   into   buildings   frontage   heights   from   finished   ground   floor   level  
interface   with   public   realm).     To   improve   clarity   of   the   (where   pedestrian   entrance   points   into   buildings  
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

plan   it   is   proposed   to   introduce   AOD   levels   at   given   interface  with  public  realm).    To  improve  clarity  of  the  
points   to   enable   anticipated   maximum   AOD   heights   to   plan   it   is   proposed   to   introduce   AOD   levels   at   given  
be   identified.     This   presentational   improvement   to   the   points   to   enable   anticipated   maximum   AOD   heights   to  
plan   does   not   alter   the   overall   maximum   heights   be   identified.     This   presentational   improvement   to   the  
themselves.    This  has  been  described  in  the  supporting   plan   does   not   alter   the   overall   maximum   heights  
text  to  the  plan.       themselves.    This  has  been  described  in  the  supporting  
  text  to  the  plan.      
PARAMETER  PLAN  008  -­‐    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   defines   minimum    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   defines   minimum  
Minimum  Frontage   heights   of   buildings   above   finished   ground   floor   level   heights   of   buildings   above   finished   ground   floor   level  
Heights   along  key  frontages.    As  per  the  changes  to  Parameter   along   key   frontages.     As   per   the   changes   to   Parameter  
Plans  002  and  003,  the  layout  of  the  Building  Zones  has   Plans   002   and   003,   the   layout   of   the   Building   Zones  
been  updated  on  the  revised  plan;   has  been  updated  on  the  revised  plan;  
 The   heights   in   the   plan   of   the   2010   Permission    The   heights   in   the   plan   of   the   2010   Permission  
parameter   are   generally   consistent   with   the   revised   parameter   are   generally   consistent   with   the   revised  
scheme;   scheme,   save   for   the   Building   Zone   adjacent   to   the  
 Height   parameters   along   the   Living   Bridge   needs   to   be   Living   Bridge   which   has   a   minimum   height   of   27m   to  
introduced;   give  definition  and  prominence  to  the  bridge;  
 The   frontage   height   of   the   building   immediately   south    As   per   Parameter   Plan   007,   to   aid   clarity   anticipated  
of  the  shopping  centre  has  increased;   AOD  levels  have  been  identified  at  given  points.  
 As   per   Parameter   Plan   007,   to   aid   clarity   anticipated    
AOD  levels  have  been  identified  at  given  points.    
   
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  009  -­‐      The  plan  in  the  2010  Permission  defines  those  elements    The   plan   in   the   2010   Permission   defines   those  
Basement  and  Service   of   the   development   where   servicing   or   car   parking   elements   of   the   development   where   servicing   or   car  
Access   basement  or  undercroft  construction  may  be  built,  and   parking   basement   or   undercroft   construction   may   be  
frontages   where   access   is   permissible.   As   per   the   built,   and   frontages   where   access   is   permissible.   As  
changes  to  Parameter  Plans  002  and  003,  the  layout  of   per  the  changes  to  Parameter  Plans  002  and  003,  the  
the   Building   Zones   has   been   updated   on   the   revised   layout  of  the  Building  Zones  has  been  updated  on  the  
plan;   revised  plan;  
 The   principles   of   the   plan   in   the   2010   Permission    The   principles   of   the   plan   in   the   2010   Permission  
continue  to  apply,  however,  Building  Zones  to  the  south   continue   to   apply,   however,   updates   are   proposed   to  
of  Brent  Cross  East  Development  Zone  have  been  given   reflect   the   introduction   of   the   Living   Bridge   and   the  
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

the   potential   to   include   some   form   of   basement,   with   associated  ramp.  


small   updates   to   elevations   where   access   would   be    
acceptable;  and    
 Minor   updates   have   been   proposed   to   the   supporting  
text,   including   increase   the   maximum   depth   of  
basements  in  Brent  Cross  East  Development  Zone  from  
7  to  9m.  
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  010  -­‐      In  order  to  reflect  the  introduction  of  the  Living  Bridge,    In   order   to   reflect   the   introduction   of   the   Living  
Utilities   the   possible   zones   for   where   utilities   may   cross   the   Bridge,  the  possible  zones  for  where  utilities  may  cross  
A406  has  been  updated.   the  A406  has  been  updated.  
   
 

PARAMETER  PLAN  011    The   plan   has   been   updated   to   reflect   the   revised    N/A  
–  River  Brent     relocation  and  configuration  of  the  river  channel  to  the  
south  of  Brent  Cross  East  Development  zone;  and  
 Associated  changes  have  been  made  to  the  supporting  
text.  

PARAMETER  PLAN  012    N/A    No  changes  are  proposed.    


–  Clitterhouse  Playing  
Fields  

PARAMETER  PLAN  013    The   location   of   the   bus   station   relative   to   the   River    N/A  
–  Transport   Brent,   North   Circular   Road   and   the   proposed   Building  
Interchanges   Zones  has  been  updated;  and  
 Consequential   changes   are   proposed   to   the   layout  
principles   and   the   specification   of   the   bus   station   in  
plan   and   text   form,   following   discussions   with   the  
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLAN  013    The   location   of   the   bus   station   relative   to   the   River    N/A  
–  Transport   Brent,   North   Circular   Road   and   the   proposed   Building  
Interchanges   Zones  has  been  updated;  and  
 Consequential   changes   are   proposed   to   the   layout  
principles   and   the   specification   of   the   bus   station   in  
plan   and   text   form,   following   discussions   with   the  
highway  authorities.    
PARAMETER  PLAN  014    As   a   result   of   the   updates   to   the   configuration   of    As   a   result   of   the   updates   to   the   configuration   of  
–    Floor  Space   Building   Zones   as   described   above,   and   the   floorspace   Building  Zones  as  described  above,  and  the  floorspace  
Thresholds   quantum   and   primary   use   of   that   floorspace   for   each   quantum   and   primary   use   of   that   floorspace   for   each  
Building  Zone  has  been  updated.    However,  the  overall   Building  Zone  has  been  updated.    However,  the  overall  
floorspace   totals   within   each   Development   Zone   are   floorspace   totals   within   each   Development   Zone   are  
consistent  with  the  2010  Permission.   consistent  with  the  2010  Permission.  
PARAMETER  PLAN  015    The  Indicative  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  which    The  Indicative   Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  which  
–      Indicative  Layout   the  BXC  development  could  be  configured.  It  has  been   the   BXC   development   could   be   configured.   It   has   been  
Plan   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters   Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will   applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with   not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this  Plan.   this  Plan.  
 The   plan   has   been   updated   to   reflect   the   revised    The   plan   has   been   updated   to   reflect   the   revised  
illustrative  masterplan,  including  the  Living  Bridge.   illustrative  masterplan,  including  the  Living  Bridge.  
PARAMETER  PLAN  016  -­‐      Small  buildings  to  south  of  the  existing  shopping  centre    No  changes  are  proposed.  
Existing  Buildings  and   have  been  highlighted  as  ‘to  be  demolished’.  
Open  Spaces    
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLAN  017  -­‐      No  changes  are  proposed.    No  changes  are  proposed.  
Minor  Transport  
Interchanges  

PARAMETER  PLAN  018  -­‐      No  changes  are  proposed.    Highway   access   junction   removed   (mistake   from  
Waste  and  Freight   consented  drawing).  
Facilities  

PARAMETER  PLAN  019  -­‐      The   Primary   Development   Plan   (PDP)   Layout   Plan    The   Primary   Development   Plan   (PDP)   Layout   Plan  
Primary  Development   illustrates   one   way   in   which   the   layout   of   the   PDP   (ie   illustrates  one  way  in  which  the  layout  of  the  PDP  (ie  
Plan  Layout  Plan   Phase  1)  could  be  configured.  It  has  been  derived  from   Phase  1)  could  be  configured.  It  has  been  derived  from  
the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other   Parameter   Plans.   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other   Parameter   Plans.  
Provided  reserved  matters  applications  comply  with  the   Provided   reserved   matters   applications   comply   with  
other   parameters   it   will   not   be   a   requirement   to   the   other   parameters   it   will   not   be   a   requirement   to  
demonstrate   compliance   with   this   Plan.   The   plan   has   demonstrate   compliance   with   this   Plan.   The   plan   has  
been  updated  to  reflect  changes  to  the  extent  of  Phase   been   updated   to   reflect   changes   to   the   extent   of  
1,  including  all  of  Brent  Cross  East  zone.   Phase  1,  including  the  Living  Bridge.  
   
PARAMETER  PLAN  020  -­‐      N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Market   Quarter   could   be   configured.   It   has  
Plan  Market  Quarter   been   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect  the  revised  illustrative  masterplan.    
 
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLAN  021  -­‐      N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Eastern   Lands   could   be   configured.   It   has   been  
Plan  Eastern  Lands   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect  the  revised  illustrative  masterplan.    
PARAMETER  PLAN  022  -­‐        N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which  Station  Quarter  could  be  configured.  It  has  been  
Plan  Station  Quarter derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect   the   revised   illustrative   masterplan,   but   there  
are  no  substantive  changes  in  this  zone.    
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  023  -­‐    N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Brent   Terrace   could   be   configured.   It   has   been  
Plan  Brent  Terrace   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect   the   revised   illustrative   masterplan,   but   there  
are  no  substantive  changes  in  this  zone.    
 
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLAN  024  -­‐    N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Cricklewood   Lane   could   be   configured.   It   has  
Plan    Cricklewood  Lane   been   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect   the   revised   illustrative   masterplan,   but   there  
are  no  substantive  changes  in  this  zone.    
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  025  -­‐    N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which  Railway  Lands  could  be  configured.  It  has  been  
Plan    Railway  Lands   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect   the   revised   illustrative   masterplan,   but   there  
are  no  substantive  changes  in  this  zone.    
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  026  -­‐    N/A    The  Indicative  Zonal  Layout  Plan  illustrates  one  way  in  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which  Clitterhouse  Playing  Fields  could  be  configured.  
Plan    Clitterhouse   It   has   been   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the  
Playing  Fields   other   Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect   the   revised   illustrative   masterplan,   but   there  
are  no  substantive  changes  in  this  zone.    
 
PARAMETER  PLAN  027  -­‐    The   Indicative   Zonal   Layout   Plan   illustrates   one   way   in    N/A  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Brent   Cross   East   could   be   configured.   It   has   been  
Plan  Brent  Cross  East   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
SECTION  73  BXC  –  SUMMARY  CHANGES  TO  PARAMETER  PLANS    

PARAMETER  PLAN  027  -­‐    The   Indicative   Zonal   Layout   Plan   illustrates   one   way   in    N/A  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Brent   Cross   East   could   be   configured.   It   has   been  
Plan  Brent  Cross  East   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect  the  revised  illustrative  masterplan.    
PARAMETER  PLAN  028  -­‐    The   Indicative   Zonal   Layout   Plan   illustrates   one   way   in    N/A  
Indicative  Zonal  Layout   which   Brent   Cross   West   could   be   configured.   It   has  
Plan  Brent  Cross  West   been   derived   from   the   constraints   set   out   in   the   other  
Parameter   Plans.   Provided   reserved   matters  
applications   comply   with   the   other   parameters   it   will  
not  be  a  requirement  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  
this   Plan.   The   illustrative   plan   has   been   updated   to  
reflect  the  revised  illustrative  masterplan.    
PARAMETER  PLAN  029    The  Indicative  Phasing  Plan  identifies  one  way  in  which    The  Indicative  Phasing  Plan  identifies  one  way  in  which  
–  Indicative  Phasing   the   scheme   may   be   delivered,   with   Phase   1   being   the   scheme   may   be   delivered,   with   Phase   1   being  
Plan   consistent   with   that   in   Parameter   Plan   019.   The   plan   consistent   with   that   in   Parameter   Plan   019.   The   plan  
has   been   updated   to   reflect   the   revised   Phase  
  1   and   has  been  updated  to  reflect  the  revised  Phase  1.      
Brent   Cross   West   zone   falling   within   Phase   2   rather    
than  Phase  3.        
Brent Cross
Cricklewood
BXC 20

Draft Approval in Principle

Tempelhof Bridge (B1)

Prepared for:
Brent Cross Cricklewood
Development Partners

UNITED
KINGDOM &
IRELAND
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Doc. No: 47065005-ST-RPT-003

URS Infrastructure & Environment (UK) Ltd


Scott House
Alençon Link
Basingstoke
Hants RG21 7PP
Telephone: +44 (0)1256 310 200
Fax: +44 (0)1256 310 201

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
i
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.  HIGHWAY DETAILS .......................................................... 1 

1.1  Type of Highway ................................................................ 1 


1.2  Permitted Traffic Speed ..................................................... 1 
1.3  Existing restrictions ............................................................ 1 

2.  SITE DETAILS ................................................................... 2 

2.1  Obstacles crossed.............................................................. 2 

3.  PROPOSED STRUCUTRE ............................................... 3 

3.1  Description of structure ...................................................... 3 


3.2  Structural type .................................................................... 3 
3.3  Foundation type ................................................................. 3 
3.4  Span arrangements............................................................ 3 
3.5  Articulation arrangements .................................................. 3 
3.6  Classes and Levels ............................................................ 4 
3.6.1  Consequence Class ........................................................... 4 
3.6.2  Reliability Class .................................................................. 4 
3.6.3  Inspection Level ................................................................. 4 
3.7  Types of road restraint systems ......................................... 4 
3.8  Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection . 4 
3.8.1  Traffic management ........................................................... 4 
3.8.2  Access arrangements for inspection and maintenance ..... 4 
3.9  Environment and sustainability .......................................... 4 
3.10  Durability, Materials and finishes ....................................... 5 
3.10.1  Proposed Materials ............................................................ 5 
3.11  Risks and hazards considered for design, execution,
maintenance and demolition. Consultation with and/or
agreement from CDM co-ordinator .................................... 8 
3.12  Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other
structural forms considered, (including where appropriate
proprietary manufactured structure), and the reasons for
their rejection (including comparative whole life costs with
dates of estimates) ............................................................. 9 
3.13  Proposed arrangements for construction ........................... 9 
3.13.1  Construction of the structure .............................................. 9 
3.13.2  Traffic Management ........................................................... 9 
3.13.3  Services Diversions.......................................................... 10 
3.13.4  Interface with existing structures...................................... 12 

4.  DESIGN CRITERIA.......................................................... 13 

4.1  Actions ............................................................................. 13 


4.1.1  Permanent Actions ........................................................... 13 
4.1.2  Snow, Wind and Thermal actions .................................... 13 
4.1.3  Actions relating to normal traffic under AW regulations
and C&U regulations ........................................................ 13 
4.1.4  Actions relating to General Order traffic under STGO
regulations ........................................................................ 13 
4.1.5  Footway or footbridge variable actions ............................ 13 
4.1.6  Actions relating to Special Order traffic, provision for

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
ii
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

exceptional abnormal indivisible loads including location


of vehicle track on deck cross section ............................. 13 
4.1.7  Accidental actions ............................................................ 13 
4.1.8  Actions during construction .............................................. 13 
4.1.9  Any special action not covered above ............................. 13 
4.2  Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements
being made to preserve the route, including any provision
for future heavier loads or future widening....................... 14 
4.3  Minimum headroom provided .......................................... 14 
4.4  Authorities consulted and any special conditions required14 
4.5  Standards and documents listed in the Technical
Approval Schedule ........................................................... 14 
4.6  Proposed Departures relating to departures from
standards given in 4.5 ...................................................... 14 
4.7  Proposed Departures relating to methods for dealing with
aspects not covered by Standards in 4.5 ......................... 14 

5.  STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS .............................................. 15 

5.1  Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure,


substructure and foundations ........................................... 15 
5.2  Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used
for analysis ....................................................................... 15 
5.3  Assumptions intended for calculation of structural
element stiffness .............................................................. 15 
5.4  Proposed range of soil parameters to be used in the
design of earth retaining elements ................................... 15 

6.  GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ..................................... 16 

6.1  Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the


Geotechnical Report to be used in the design and
reasons for any proposed changes.................................. 16 
6.2  Summary of design for highway structure in the
Geotechnical Design Report ............................................ 16 
6.3  Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of
the structure ..................................................................... 16 
6.4  If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when
the results are expected and list the sources of
information used to justify the preliminary choice of
foundations ....................................................................... 16 

7.  CHECKING ...................................................................... 17 

7.1  Proposed Category and Design Supervision Level ......... 17 


7.2  If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker .. 17 
7.3  Erection proposals or temporary works for which Types S
and P Proposals will be required, listing structural parts of
the permanent structure affected with reasons ................ 17 

8.  DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .................................... 19 

8.1  List of drawings (including numbers) and documents


accompanying the submission ......................................... 19 
8.2  The following Appendices accompany this submission ... 19

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
iii
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

9.  THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........ 20 

10.  THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO


THE AMENDMENTS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN
BELOW ............................................................................ 21 

APPENDICES APPENDIX A – TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’


(AUGUST 2006) 

APPENDIX B – STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP 

APPENDIX C – DRAWINGS 

APPENDIX D – DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE 

APPENDIX E – INDICATIVE FORM C 

APPENDIX F – CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 

This Draft Approval in Principle has been prepared for


the purposes of informing the Section 73 Planning
Application and will be further developed in full
consultation with the relevant Highway Authority and
other stakeholders.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
iv
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

1. HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of Highway

Over structure Single carriageway all purpose road with bus lanes in both directions

Under structure A406 North Circular Road Dual Carriageway All Purpose Road and slip
roads

Prince Charles Drive - Unclassified Single Carriageway All Purpose Road

Tilling Road - Unclassified Single Carriageway All Purpose Road

Re-aligned River Brent

1.2 Permitted Traffic Speed

Over Structure: 30mph tbc

Under Structure: 40mph

1.3 Existing restrictions

The structure is in a highway environment and crosses over a busy dual carriageway.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
1
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

2. SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The bridge carries Tempelhof Avenue over the re-aligned River Brent corridor, the A406 North
Circular road and slip roads, the newly aligned Prince Charles Drive and newly aligned Tilling
Road.

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
2
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

3. PROPOSED STRUCUTRE

3.1 Description of structure

The proposed structure is a five span steel composite bridge of ladder beam construction with
reinforced earth approach embankments. The proposed structure will replace the existing
Tempelhof Bridge and carry Tempelhof Avenue on an adjusted horizontal and vertical
alignment. The construction of the new bridge is in association with planning proposals for the
redevelopment of the Brent Cross Cricklewood shopping complex site. The structure will also
carry a services corridor for the new development.

Span 2 crosses a newly proposed corridor for the River Brent and newly proposed alignment
for Prince Charles Drive. The third span crosses the existing A406 North circular dual
carriageway and associated slip roads either side. The fourth span crosses the proposed new
alignment for Tilling Road. Spans 4 and 5 also carry Tempelhof Avenue above a newly
proposed access road into the Holiday Inn hotel which runs directly below Tempelhof way on a
similar alignme

The structure may need to be constructed in phases in order to open the road to traffic prior to
demolition of the existing bridge. Demolition of the existing structure will not be carried out until
the parts of the bridge carrying the new road have been completed. Demolition of the existing
bridge is to be covered by a separate AIP and is not considered in this document.

A service road for the new development is proposed under the northern end of Tempelhof
Way. This is likely to be carried beneath the new Temelhof Way in a reinforced concrete box
type structure which will join onto the ladder beam construction at the north end. This design
is to be developed and is not included in this AIP.

3.2 Structural type

The superstructure shall comprise a five span continuous steel composite deck of ladder
beam construction with a concrete slab supporting the highway. The intermediate piers will be
circular reinforced concrete columns positioned below the deck main girders. The end
supports will be full height reinforced cantilever concrete abutments.

3.3 Foundation type

All foundations shall comprise pile caps supported by cast in –situ concrete piles founded
within the underlying London Clays strata.

3.4 Span arrangements

The structure is made up of five spans with a nominal total length of 155m. The span
configuration commencing from the north to south is 36.0m, 47.5m, 48.15m, 27.85m and
27.85m.

The highest skew angle is at the southern approach spans and is approximately 4 degrees.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

Longitudinal fixity for the deck shall be provided at pier 2. Transverse fixity shall be provided
at each support position. Temperature movements shall be accommodated at the abutment
locations though a conventional movement joint detail or semi-integral construction.

All bearings shall be proprietary pot type bearings.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
3
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

3.6 Classes and Levels

3.6.1 Consequence Class

Consequence class shall be CC2

3.6.2 Reliability Class

Reliability class shall be RC2

3.6.3 Inspection Level

Inspection level shall be IL2

3.7 Types of road restraint systems

The deck and approach embankment walls will be provided with metal parapets 1.5m high
with mesh infill in accordance with BS EN 1317 having a performance class N2 (normal
containment level) and working width not greater than W2. The chosen system will be
consistent with the approved road safety strategy for the scheme.

3.8 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.8.1 Traffic management

To be determined by the Local Highways Authority, however, inspections and maintenance


activities to the underside of the part of the structure crossing the A406 North Circular Road
will generally be carried out during lane closures, which given the volume of traffic may need
to be during the night. Access for inspection or maintenance activities at deck level, such as
replacement of waterproofing, will involve temporary closures of lanes or the complete
structure. Pedestrian diversion routes would be via Tilling Road, the proposed Living Bridge
and Prince Charles Drive.

3.8.2 Access arrangements for inspection and maintenance

Access for inspections and maintenance of the top and side spans will be from the road
above. Access for inspection and maintenance of the walls and deck soffit will be by Mobil
Elevated Working Platform (MEWP) from the road beneath the structure.

For the new cantilevered abutments, an inspection gallery is provided to facilitate access to
the bearings and facilitate inspection to the underside of the movement joints. Access to the
inspection gallery will be from access hatches positioned on the faces of the abutments at
bearing shelf level. Access to the doors will be via temporary scaffold or mobile access
platform from the road below using a road closure.

Bearing replacement will be carried out by jacking between the abutment bearing shelf and the
underside of the deck end diaphragm.

3.9 Environment and sustainability

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant sustainability


issues are foreseen. Consideration will be given to minimising future maintenance
requirements through careful choice of materials for waterproofing and parapets along with
appropriate detailing.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
4
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The proposed construction methodology aims to minimise the time required for partial or
complete closure of the A406 North Circular Road.

3.10 Durability, Materials and finishes

In order to produce a low maintenance structure, and hence reduce future demand on repair
materials, it is proposed to adopt Weathering Steel for the girders, which does not require
painting during construction, or maintenance repainting except for aesthetic reasons.

3.10.1 Proposed Materials

Structural Steel

Grade S355 J2W+N in accordance with BS EN 10025

Concrete

Cover to reinforcement for all concrete construction will be to BS EN 1992-1-1 and BS EN


1992-2 and their National Annexes.

Bridge Deck

Reinforced concrete for the bridge deck will be in accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1,
MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

 Concrete strength: C40/50

 Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449: 2005 and IAN 70/06

 Exposure classes for all elements:

 Chloride class: XD1

 Carbonation class: XC3

 Freeze thaw class: XF2

Parapet String Course

Reinforced concrete for the parapet string course will be in accordance with BS 8500, BS EN
206-1, MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

 Concrete strength: C40/50

 Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449

 Exposure classes for all elements:

 Chloride class: XD3

 Carbonation class: XC3

 Freeze thaw class: XF2

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
5
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Abutments and Piers

Reinforced concrete for the abutments will be in accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1,
MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

 Concrete strength: C40/50

 Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449

 Exposure classes for all elements:

 Chloride class: XD3

 Carbonation class: XC4

 Freeze thaw class: XF1

Requirements for resistance to chemical attack will be determined following further site
investigation and the provisions of BRE Special Digest No. 1 will be taken into account.

Mass Concrete Blinding to Abutments

Mass concrete blinding to the abutments will be in accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1,
MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

 Concrete strength: C12/15

 Exposure classes for all elements:

 Carbonation class: XC2

Requirements for resistance to chemical attack will be determined following further site
investigation and the provisions of BRE Special Digest No. 1 will be taken into account.

Piles

Reinforced concrete for the piled foundations will be in accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-
1, MCHW Series 1600, IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

 Concrete strength: C30/37

 Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449

 Exposure classes for all elements:

 Chloride class: XD2

 Carbonation class: XC2

 Freeze thaw class: XF1

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
6
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Requirements for resistance to chemical attack will be determined following further site
investigation and the provisions of BRE Special Digest No. 1 will be taken into account.
Ground water may be encountered during pile construction and therefore the provisions of
MCHW Series NG 1600 will be taken into account for placing concrete.

All other elements

Reinforced concrete for the all other elements will be in accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-
1, MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

 Concrete strength: C40/50

 Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449

 Exposure classes for all elements:

 Chloride class: XD3

 Carbonation class: XC3

 Freeze thaw class: XF3

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005 and IAN 70/06.

Surface Finishes

All concrete faces will be finished in accordance with SHW Clause 1708 and the following:

 Formed faces:

 Buried surfaces: Class F1

 Bridge deck cantilever: Class F3

 Bridge deck stringcourse: Class F3

 Piers (where exposed) Class F3

 Piers (elsewhere) Class F1

 Precast beams: Class F4

 Abutments (where exposed): Class F3

 Abutments (elsewhere) Class F1

 Unformed faces:

 Buried surfaces: Class U1

 Top of deck slab: Class U4

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
7
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

 Bearing shelves: Class U2

 Bridge deck stringcourses: Class U3

Allowance made for deviation of nominal cover in accordance with the National Annex to BS
EN 1992-1-1:2004: ∆dev = 10mm

Steelwork Finishes

The main girders are to be fabricated using weathering steel with painted exposed surfaces to
the edge girders. Parapets (if steel) will be protected by a paint system in accordance with the
Specification for Highway Works. The paint system will be in accordance with the
requirements of BD35/06 applied in accordance with the SHW Series 1900.

Waterproofing

The deck slab will be waterproofed using a permitted waterproofing system in accordance with
SHW Clause 2004 and in accordance with the requirements of BD47/99 and IAN 96/07.
Where required by the selected waterproofing system, a 20mm thick layer of sand asphalt
should be adopted in accordance with SHW clause 2003. Where no sand asphalt layer is
required, the waterproofing system should be overlaid with a 45mm layer of hot rolled asphalt
(HRA) binder course to SHW clause 943. Red indicator mesh will be installed directly above
all bituminous additional protective layers to spray applied waterproofing systems and will be
applied when the base course is still warm to ensure good embedment.

Sub-surface drainage and falls in the deck shall be in accordance with the requirements of
BD47/99 and BA 47/99.

Buried concrete elements in permanent contact with soil will have two coats bituminous paint
or equivalent as SHW Clause 2004 applied.

3.11 Risks and hazards considered for design, execution, maintenance and demolition.
Consultation with and/or agreement from CDM co-ordinator

The main risks and hazards identified for consideration at design stage are as follows:

 Identifying suitable traffic management systems to protect construction personnel and


road users whilst the works are carried out.

 Ensuring the integrity and safe functioning of the existing Tempelhof bridge until traffic
can be transferred on to the new structure.

 Careful consideration of the working environment where space is limited. Consideration


of access and phasing of the works so that operations can be safely carried out.
Identification of construction methods which will most suit the constricted environment.

 Providing protection to deep excavations and piling activities with suitable vehicle
restraint systems such as temporary H4a vertical concrete barriers..

 Identifying suitable options for heavy lifting activities for the installation of the main deck
components.

 Safe demolition of the existing structure.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
8
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

 Identifying suitable design, checking and supervisory requirements for all temporary
works so that they are adequately designed, correctly installed and maintained.

Preliminary options are under consideration and will require more detailed examination of risks
and hazards in due course. Relevant extracts from the designer's health and safety risk
assessment for the preliminary stage will be included in Appendix F when full consideration
has been completed.

3.12 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural forms considered,
(including where appropriate proprietary manufactured structure), and the reasons for
their rejection (including comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates)

Capital cost of the proposed structure is in the order of £47m.

Alternative structural forms considered include:

 A single span tied or bow string arch. The structure would be supported by 2 no. parallel
arches; each formed of a fabricated steel box beam. The arch rise would be 20m and
transverse bracing would be required between the arch members to provide stability. The
steel and concrete composite deck would span transversely between longitudinal beams,
which are supported by the arch hangers.

 A two or three span through truss arrangement was also considered. This would be
formed of two parallel vierendeel trusses, with a steel and concrete composite deck
spanning transversely between the trusses. The trusses would be approximately 8m
deep.

The above solutions were rejected on grounds of cost, construction issues and aesthetics in
relation to maintain the masterplan vision for the Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
project.

Whole life costs will be calculated and included in the final AIP.

3.13 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.13.1 Construction of the structure

The structure may need to be constructed in phases in order to open the re-aligned Tempelhof
Way to traffic prior to demolition of the existing bridge. Demolition of the existing structure will
not be carried out until the parts of the bridge carrying the new Tempelhof Way have been
completed.

Carriageway possessions and lane closures within the slip roads will be required for the
construction of the intermediate supports to spans 2, 3 and 4, the installation of the new deck
and demolition of the existing. Works shall be planned to keep the number and duration of
these possessions to a minimum.

3.13.2 Traffic Management

Weekend carriageway possessions of the slip roads and main carriageway will be needed for
the installation of the new bridge deck above the existing north circular road. The slip roads to
A406 North Circular road will need to be reduced down to single lane running to enable the
new intermediate supports to be constructed.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
9
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Weekend carriageway possessions of the A406 and its associated slip roads will be required
to safely demolish the existing Tempelhof Bridge.

Traffic management requirements for construction of the structure will be considered in due
course. Further traffic management will be required for demolition of the old structure, this will
be covered in a separate AIP covering demolition.

3.13.3 Services Diversions

It is understood that the following services are in the vicinity of foundations for the bridge and it
may be necessary to divert or re-locate these services in advance of construction, as well as
providing adequate protection to the services during construction.

A summary of known services is given below:

North Abutment

The following utilities are affected by the bridge foundations

Utility Utility Description Size Depth Distance Diversion /


Company from Protection
(approx.) Bridge Required
N
o Foundation
t
(approx..)
e

–Telecoms. BT Fibre optic Not 750mm 15 metres No diversion


cable known from pier 7 required
E
l Drainage Thames Foul water 1372 8.0 m On line Diversion
e Water Sewer Ø */protection
c
t Gas National Low 200 Ø 750-900 14m from Protection
r Grid Gas Pressure mm pier 6 and during
i 21 from pier construction
c Main 7 phase
i
t *Electricity UK Power 1no 33Kv 1.0m 18 m from Protection
y Networks and 2 no Pier 6 and during
11KV 24m from construction
* pier7 phase

t Water Thames No mains - - - -


h Water indicated
e
re are 33kV abandoned cables in close proximity to Pier no 7.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
10
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

South Abutment

The following utilities are affected by the bridge foundations

Utility Utility Description Size Depth Distance Diversion /


Company from Bridge Protection
(appro Required
x.) Foundation

(approx..)

Teleco BT Fibre optic not 750mm 15m from pier no diversion


ms. cable know 8 required
n

Drainag Thames Surface 375m 2.0m 1m from Pier Diversion


e Water Water mØ 8
Sewer

Gas National Grid No mains - - - -


Gas indicated

Electrici UK Power 1 no 33 kv 900mm On line of Diversion


ty Networks and 2 no 33Kv and
11kv cables 11Kv cables

Water Thames 24inch main 24 1.0m Diversion


Water in the inch
highway dia
adjoining
Pier 6 .

New Services
It is proposed that the following new services be carried by the new Tempelhof Bridge
East Verge

Water 1 No. 350mm dia ductile iron main


Telecom 8 No. 100mm dia PVC ducts
Electricity 4 No. 150mm dia steel ducts
Street Lighting 2 No. 100mm dia PVC ducts
Gas 1 No. 220mm dia hdpe main

West Verge

District Heating 2 No. 375mm dia ductile iron pipes encased in 500mm dia ducts

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
11
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

3.13.4 Interface with existing structures

The alignment of the new Tempelhof bridge clashes with the alignment of the existing bridge.
In order to alleviate congestion issues, it is proposed to construct the new bridge in two
phases. In phase one, the existing Tempelhof bridge will remain open to traffic and
approximately two thirds of the new bridge will be constructed. Traffic will then be diverted
onto the new structure so that the existing bridge can be demolished and the final third of the
new bridge constructed. There will be a short period where a temporary structure will be
needed to divert traffic off the existing Tempelhof bridge whilst span 4 of the new bridge is
constructed. The footprint of the new foundations overlap those of the existing. Staged
construction of the new foundations will be conducted so that the existing foundations can be
demolished and the new foundations completed. Existing piles may be incorporated into the
new foundations if their capacity and founding level can be proven to be satisfactory.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
12
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

4. DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Actions

4.1.1 Permanent Actions

Permanent actions in accordance with BS EN 1991-1-1 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-1.

4.1.2 Snow, Wind and Thermal actions

Wind actions in accordance with BS EN 1991-1-4 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-4.

Thermal actions in accordance with BS EN 1991-1-5 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-5.

No snow actions considered

4.1.3 Actions relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U regulations

Load Models 1-4 in accordance with BS EN 1991-2 and NA to BS EN 1991-2.

4.1.4 Actions relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

SV model vehicles 80, 100, 196 in Load Model 3 in accordance with NA to BS EN 1991-2 and
BS EN 1991-2.

4.1.5 Footway or footbridge variable actions

Footway action in accordance with BS EN 1991-2

4.1.6 Actions relating to Special Order traffic, provision for exceptional abnormal indivisible
loads including location of vehicle track on deck cross section

Not applicable.

4.1.7 Accidental actions

Loads on parapets and anchorage for local effects will be to BS 7818. The forces on parapets
for the global effects will be to BS EN 1991-2:2003 Section 4.7.3 and to the NA to BS EN
1991-2:2003 Section 2.30.

Accidental impact load on bridge piers will be in accordance with BS EN 1991-2:2003, NA to


BS EN 1991-2:2003, BS EN 1991-1-7:2006 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-7:2006.

Accidental impact load on bridge superstructures will be in accordance with BD 60/04.

4.1.8 Actions during construction

No load cases considered during execution at this stage. It is likely, however, that the
approach to construction and installation will result in temporary load cases that might be
critical design criteria. These will be examined in more detail for the detailed AIP.

4.1.9 Any special action not covered above

None.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
13
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

4.2 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to preserve the
route, including any provision for future heavier loads or future widening

Heavy and high load route not applicable.

4.3 Minimum headroom provided

Minimum headroom to be 5.3m + ‘s’ in accordance with TD27/05 where ‘s’ is a compensation
for vertical sag curve. Additionally, any design deflection under serviceability limit state
loading must not conflict with the relevant standard headroom.

4.4 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

The following authorities either have, or will be, consulted in due course in relation to the
design and construction of the Living Bridge:

Services Affected by Special


Authority
Works (Y/N) Conditions
Transport for London TBC
London Borough of Brent TBC
Environment Agency TBC

4.5 Standards and documents listed in the Technical Approval Schedule

Refer to Appendix A.

4.6 Proposed Departures relating to departures from standards given in 4.5

None.

4.7 Proposed Departures relating to methods for dealing with aspects not covered by
Standards in 4.5

None.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
14
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

5. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature, wind, and
concrete shrinkage will be analysed using a grillage/space frame model in the LUSAS or SAM-
LEAP5 computer programs.

Substructures

The wing walls will be designed by manual methods to carry the loads applied by earth
pressure and surcharge from the retained fill.

Foundations

The piles will be analysed using the P-Group or M-Pile computer programs.

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

A diagram of the idealised structure will be included in an appendix of the AIP. A 3-


dimensional beam and shell finite element model will be used to model the structural
arrangement. Elements will be placed on the section centreline, with corresponding gross
sections assigned.

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

Gross cross sectional properties for the analysis shall be in accordance with BS EN 1994
Section 5.4. Cracked section properties with allowance for shear lag shall be considered in
areas of hopping over the intermediate supports. Un-cracked section properties with
allowance for shear lag shall be used in sagging zones.

5.4 Proposed range of soil parameters to be used in the design of earth retaining elements

General properties for 6N/6P backfill materials:

Density = 20kN/m3 Min φ = 30° Ka = 0.33 Ko = 0.50 Kp = 3.00

Max φ = 45° Ka = 0.17 Ko = 0.29 Kp = 5.83

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
15
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

6. GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical Report to be used


in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Design Report is not yet available. An addendum to the AIP will be issued
when the GDR is available.

6.2 Summary of design for highway structure in the Geotechnical Design Report

The Geotechnical Design Report is not yet available. An addendum to the AIP will be issued
when the GDR is available.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

The piles are expected to extend into previously undisturbed London Clay. The piles will be
specified to limit vertical displacements to less than 10mm. Total settlement of 10mm and
differential settlement of 10mm between abutments will therefore be considered. This criteria
will be reviewed when the Geotechnical Design Report becomes available.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are expected and list
the sources of information used to justify the preliminary choice of foundations

The Geotechnical Design Report is expected to be completed during detailed design for the
bridge. The current geotechnical information has been based on existing ground
investigations

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
16
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

7. CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category and Design Supervision Level

Category 2

Design supervision level 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker

Not applicable.

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which Types S and P Proposals will be
required, listing structural parts of the permanent structure affected with reasons

Piling Activities

Lane closures or diversions will be needed on the slip roads to secure working space for piling
activities, H4a high containment recessed temporary vertical concrete barriers are likely to be
needed to protect the works.

Excavations

The footprint of the new pier foundations conflict with the existing slip roads. Lane closures or
diversions will be needed to secure working space. Excavations for the foundations are over
1.2m deep and will typically require cofferdams to provide support. H4a high containment
recessed temporary vertical barriers will be required to protect slip road users from the deep
excavations.

Steel Erection

Erection of steelwork for the main deck and the placement of in situ concrete for the deck slab
will need to be carried out during a number of night-time closures of the A406 so that lifting
operations can be safely conducted. Due to Network management issues on the A406, the
number of closures will need to be kept to a minimum with traffic returned to the carriageway
during peak traffic hours. Heavy duty cranes and a suitable erection sequence will need to be
determined to ensure the steelwork is secure and that there is no danger to the travelling
public during the temporary condition.

Temporary Structures for Concrete Pours

Temporary hoardings, crash decks and appropriate construction techniques will be required to
protect the travelling public from concreting and other construction activities.

Demolition of the existing Tempelhof Bridge

An AIP will be required to support proposals for the demolition of the existing Tempelhof
bridge. A suitable demolition sequence will need to be identified. Temporary propping of the
spans is likely to be needed to safely demolish the structure.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
17
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Temporary Structure for the diversion of traffic off the existing Tempelhof Bridge
during the construction sequence

To alleviate local traffic management issues, it is proposed that Tempelhof Way will remain
open to traffic for the duration of the works. Due to vertical alignment issues between new and
existing construction, it will be necessary to provide a temporary diversion for Tempelhof Way
at the south end. This will involve constructing a temporary deck and embankment alongside
the existing Tempelhof Bridge at the south end so that traffic can be diverted off the side of it
so that the existing end supports (abutments) can be demolished and the new end spans
constructed. The design of the temporary deck and approach embankments will require an
AIP.

Type of Proposal

To be agreed with the Technical Approval Authority during the course of the design.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
18
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

8. DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the submission

Drawing No. Title

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/014/C General Arrangement

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/015/B Central Section

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/016/A Typical Details – Pier 2

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/020/A Typical Details – Pier 3

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/021/A Typical Details – South Abutment

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/031/A Construction Sequence

8.2 The following Appendices accompany this submission

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule (TAS)).


Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C Drawings

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative summary of geotechnical design information


for the
highways structure design

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
19
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

9. THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications

Name of Organisation

Date

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
20
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

10. THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
21
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX A – TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006)

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX A

TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT

OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

Date of “X” if
Structural Eurocodes
National relevant
(To be used in conjunction with the corresponding UK National Annexes)
Annexe
BS EN 1990:2002 +
Eurocode - Basis of structural design 2004
A1:2005 X

BS EN 1991-1-1: Eurocode 1 – Actions on structures – Part 1-1: General


2002 actions – Densities, self-weight, imposed loads for buildings 2005 X

BS EN 1991-1- Eurocode 1: Actions on structures. General actions. Snow


3:2003 loads 2005

BS EN 1991-1- Eurocode 1: Actions on structures. General Expected


4:2005 actions. Wind actions 2008 X

BS EN 1991-1- Eurocode 1: Actions on structures. General actions.


5:2003 Thermal actions 2007 X

BS EN 1991-1- Eurocode 1: Actions on structures. General Expected


6:2005 actions. Actions during execution 2008 X

BS EN 1991-1- Eurocode 1: Actions on structures. General Expected


7:2006 actions. Accidental actions 2008 X

BS EN 1991-2:2003 Eurocode 1: Actions on structures. Traffic loads on bridges 2008 X

BS EN 1992-1- Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures – Part 1-1:


1:2004 General rules and rules for buildings 2005 X

Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures. Concrete


BS EN 1992-2:2005 2007
bridges. Design and detailing rules X

Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures. Liquid retaining


BS EN 1992-3:2006 2007
and containing structures X

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Structural Eurocodes (cont.) Date of “X” if


(To be used in conjunction with the corresponding UK National Annexes) National relevant
Annexe
BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. General rules and
1:2005 rules for buildings 2008 X

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. General rules.


3:2006 Supplementary rules for cold-formed members and sheeting 2009

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. General rules.


4:2006 Supplementary rules for stainless steel 2009

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Plated structural


5:2006 elements 2008 X

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Strength and


6:2007 stability of shell structures

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Plated structures


7:2007 subject to out of plane loading

BS EN 1993-1-
Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Design of joints
8:2005 2008 X

BS EN 1993-1-
Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Fatigue strength
9:2005 2008 X

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Material toughness


10:2005 and through-thickness properties 2009 X

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Design of structures


11:2006 with tension components 2008

BS EN 1993-1- Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures. Additional rules for


12:2007 the extension of EN 1993 up to steel grades S 700 2008 X

BS EN 1993-
Eurocode 3:Design of steel structures. Steel bridges.
2:2006 2008 X

BS EN 1993-
Eurocode 3:Design of steel structures. Piling
5:2007 2009

BS EN 1994-1- Eurocode 4: Design of composite steel and concrete


1:2004 structures. General rules and rules for buildings. 2008 X

BS EN 1994- Eurocode 4: Design of composite steel and concrete


2:2005 structures. General rules and rules for bridges. 2007 X

BS EN 1995-1- Eurocode 5: Design of timber structures. General. Common


1:2004 rules and rules for buildings 2006

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Structural Eurocodes (cont.) Date of “X” if


(To be used in conjunction with the corresponding UK National Annexes) National relevant
Annexe
BS EN 1995-
Eurocode 5: Design of timber structures. Bridges
2:2004 2006

BS EN 1996-1- Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures. General rules


1:2005 for reinforced and unreinforced masonry structures 2007

Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures. Design


BS EN 1996-
considerations, selection of materials and execution of
2:2006 2007
masonry

BS EN 1996- Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures. Simplified


3:2006 calculation methods for unreinforced masonry structures 2007

BS EN 1997-
Eurocode 7: Geotechnical design. General rules
1:2004 2007 X

BS EN 1997- Eurocode 7: Geotechnical design. Ground investigation and


2:2007 testing 2009 X

Eurocode 8: Design for structures for earthquake


BS EN 1998-
resistance. General rules, seismic actions and rules for
1:2004 2008
buildings.

BS EN 1998- Eurocode 8: Design of structures for earthquake resistance.


2:2005 Bridges 2009

BS EN 1998- Eurocode 8: Design of structures for earthquake resistance.


5:2004 Foundations, retaining structure and geotechnical aspects 2008

BS EN 1999-1- Eurocode 9: Design of aluminium structures. General


1:2007 structural rules 2008

BS EN 1999-1- Eurocode 9: Design of aluminium structures. Structures


3:2007 susceptible to fatigue. 2008

BS EN 1999-1- Eurocode 9: Design of aluminium structures. Cold formed


4:2007 structural sheeting. 2009

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

British Standards “X” if


(non-conflicting with Structural Eurocodes) relevant

BS EN 1337-1:2000 Structural bearings. General design rules X

Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical delivery


BS EN 10025-5:2004 conditions for structural steels with improved atmospheric X
corrosion resistance
Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical delivery
BS EN 10025-2:2004 X
conditions for non alloy structural steels

BS EN 15050:2007 Precast concrete products – Bridge elements X

Execution of steel structures and aluminium structures.


BS EN 1090-1:2009 Requirements for conformity assessment of structural X
components
Execution of steel structures and aluminium structures.
BS EN 1090-2:2008 X
Technical requirements for the execution of steel structures
Execution of steel structures and aluminium structures.
BS EN 1090-3
Technical requirements for the aluminium structures

BS EN 13670:2009 Execution of concrete structures X

BS 8006-1:2010 Code of practice for strengthened/reinforced soils and other fills X

BS EN 1317-1: 1998
Road Restraints Systems Terminology and general criteria for test methods X
Part 1
BS EN 1317-2: 1998
Performance classes, impact test acceptance criteria and test
Road Restraint Systems X
methods for safety barriers
Part 2
BS EN 13 17-3: 2000
Performance classes, impact test acceptance criteria and test
Road Restraint Systems X
methods for crash cushions
Part 3

NON-CONTRADICTORY COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

"X" if
BSI Published Documents
relevant
PD 6688-1-4:2009 Background paper to the UK National Annex to BS EN 1991-1-4
X

Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1991-


PD 6688-1-7:2009
1-7 X

PD 6688-2:2011 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1991-2 X

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

"X" if
BSI Published Documents (cont.)
relevant
PD 6687-1:2010 Background paper to the UK National Annexes to BS EN 1992
X

Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1992-1


PD 6687-2:2007
and BS EN 1992-3

Recommendations for the design of structures subject to traffic


PD 6694-1:2011
loading to BS EN 1997-1:2004 X

PD 6695-1-9:2008 Background paper to the UK National Annex to BS EN 1993-1-9

Background paper to the UK National Annex to BS EN 1993-1-


PD 6695-1-10:2009
10

PD 6695-2:2008 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1993 X

PD 6696-2:2007 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1994-2

Recommendations for the design of structures for earthquake


PD 6698:2009
resistance to BS EN 1998

PD 6703:2009 Structural bearings – guidance for the use of structural bearings X

Recommendations for the execution of steel bridges to BS EN


PD 6705-2:2010
1090-2 X

"X" if
The Manual of Contract Documents for Highway Works (MCDHW)
relevant

Volume 1: Specification for Highway Works 2009 X

Volume 2: Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works 2009 X

Volume 3: Highway Construction Details 2008 X

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)
Document Date of Decimal “X” if
Title
Reference Issue Reference relevant
Expansion Joints for Use in Highway
BA 26/94 Nov 1994 2.3.7 X
Bridge Decks
Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in
BA 28/92 Comparing Alternative Designs for Aug 1992 1.2.2 X
Highway Structures

BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges Feb 1998 1.3.11 X

Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete


BA 47/99 Aug 1999 2.3.5 X
Bridge Decks

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls Feb 1997 2.1.4

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges Aug 1996 2.2.8

Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge


BA 82/00 Nov 2000 2.3.1 X
Decks
Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures
BA 85/04 May 2004 2.4.3 X
& Ancillary Structures
The Use of Recycled Concrete
BA 92/07 May 2007 2.2.9
Aggregates in Structural Concrete X

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BD Series)
Document Date of Decimal “X” if
Reference Title Issue Referenc relevant
e

BD 2/12 Technical Approval of Highway Structures May 2012 1.1.1 X

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures Nov 2001 2.3.8 X

Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining


BD 10/97 May 1997 1.3. I4
Subsidence
Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with
BD 12/01 Nov 2001 2.2.6
Spans Greater than 0.9m up to 8.0m

BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges Nov 2003 2.2.8

BD 30/87 Backfilled retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments Aug 1987 2.1 X

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks Nov 1994 2.3.6 X

Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar


BD 35/05 May 2005 2.4.1
Protective Coatings
Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing
BD 36/92 Aug 1992 1.2.2 X
Alternative Designs for Highway Structures
The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed
BD 43/03 Concrete Highway Structures using Hydrophobic Feb 03 2.4.2 X
Pore-Lining Impregnants

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures Aug 1993 3.1.1 X

Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge


BD 47/99 Aug 1999 2.3.4 X
Decks
Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever
BD 51/98 May 1998 2.2.4
Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 57/01 Design for Durability Aug 2001 1.3.7 X

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls Feb 1997 2.1.3


As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for
BD 62/07 Highway Structures Feb 2007 3.2. I X
Amendment to Appendix D

BD 63/07 Inspection of Highway Structures Feb 2007 3.1. 4 X

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BD Series)
Document Date of Decimal “X” if
Reference Title Issue Referenc relevant
e

BD 65/07 Design Criteria for Collision Protector Beams Feb 1997 2.2.5

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges Aug 1996 2.2.7

BD 74/00 Foundations May 2000 2.1.8 X

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels Aug 1999 2.2.9

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes Aug 2000 2.2.10

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges & Highway Structures May 2005 1.3.17

BD 94/07 Design of Minor Structures Feb 2007 2.2.1

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

Document Date of Decimal “X” if


Reference Title Issue Referenc relevant
e
Requirements for Road Restraint Systems
TD 19/06 Feb 2008 2.2.8 X
Correction No.1

TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms Feb 2005 6.1.2 X

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

Document Date of Decimal “X” if


Title
Reference Issue Reference relevant

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements Sep 1995 10.5.2

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (Interim Advice Notes (IAN) Series))
Document Date of Decimal “X” if
Title
Reference Issue Reference relevant

41/02 European Cement Standards Jan 2002 DMRB 1.3 X

47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges Dec 2002 DMRB 2.2

Measures to Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack


48/03 (Including Thaumasite) – New Construction and Jan 2003 DMRB 2.1 X
Structures Under Construction

51/03 Hinge Deck Structures Jul 2003 DMRB 3.1

53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures Feb 2004 -

Guidance For Undertaking Environmental


Assessment Of Air Quality For sensitive
61/05 Mar 2005 DMRB 11.3.1
Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature
Conservation Sites And SSSIs
Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic
63/05 Feb 2007 - X
Road Network

64/05 Driver Information At Road Works Apr 2005 -

Infrastructure Changes To Improve Emergency


68/05 Access To And Egress From The Trunk Road May 2006 - X
Network In England

69/05 Designing for Maintenance Dec 2005 - X

Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards BS 5400 Pt 4


70/06 (BS 4449:2005, BS 4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and Jan 2006 SHW 17000 X
BS 8666:2005) NG 1700
Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing
72/06 Feb 2006 BA 37/92
Parapets

76/06 Aims & Objectives Of Environmental Assessment Jun 2006 HA 200

77/06 Introduction Jun 2006 HA 201

78/06 Environmental Assessments Jun 2006 HA 202 X

79/06 Screening Jun 2006 HA 203

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (Interim Advice Notes (IAN) Series))
Document Date of Decimal “X” if
Title
Reference Issue Reference relevant

80/06 Scoping Jun 2006 HA 204

81/06 Management Of Environmental Effects Jun 2006 HA 205

82/06 Reporting Jun 2006 HA 206

Principal And General Inspection Of Sign/Signal


83/06 Gantries, And Gantries With Low Handrails Or Jun 2006 -
Open Mesh Flooring

84/07 Environmental Information System (EnvIS) Jul 2007 Vol 10

85/07 Design Of Passively Safe Portal Signal Gantries Jun 2007 -

Amendments To Design Requirements for Portal


86/07 Jun 2007 BD 51
And Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries
The Provision Of Signal Gantries For Motorways
87/07 Mar 2007 -
With Four Or More Running Lanes
90/07 Amnt Guidance For The Use Of Rapid Setting MCHW
Apr 2007
No 1 Emergency Repair Materials Series 900
Interim Advice On The Identification Of ‘Particularly
91/07 Mar 2007 -
At Risk’ Supports
Environmental Topic. DMRB 11.3.2 Cultural
92/07 Mar 2007 Vol 11
Heritage

94/07 HA 207 – Air Quality Apr 2007 HA 207

Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS 8500


95/07 (2006) For The Design and Construction Of May 2007 - X
Structures Using Concrete
Guidance On Implementing Results of Research
96/07r1 Jul 2007 X
On Bridge Deck Waterproofing

97/07 Assessment and upgrading of existing parapets Aug 2007

100/07 Cultural Heritage Asset Management Plans Oct 2007 DMRB 10

The Anchorage of Reinforcement & Fixings in


104/07 Dec 2007 X
Hardened Concrete
Implementation of Construction (Design and
SD 10
105/08 Management) 2007 and the withdrawal of SD 10 Jan 2008
SD 11 X
and SD 11

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) - (continued)


Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (Interim Advice Notes (IAN) Series))
Document Date of Decimal “X” if
Title
Reference Issue Reference relevant
Advice Regarding the Motorway Signal Mark 4
109/08 Apr 2008
(MS4)

The Anchorage of Reinforcement & Fixings in


104/07 Dec 2007 X
Hardened Concrete
Implementation of Construction (Design and
SD 10
105/08 Management) 2007 and the withdrawal of SD 10 Jan 2008
SD 11 X
and SD 11

Advice Regarding the Motorway Signal Mark 4


109/08 Apr 2008
(MS4)

Highways Agency Carbon Calculation and


114/08 Sep 2008
Reporting Requirements

116/08 Nature conservation advice in relation to bats Oct 2008

Certification of combined kerb and drainage


117/08 Jun 2010
Rev.2 products X

The use of Eurocodes for the design of highway


124/11 July 2011
structures X

127/10 The use of foamed concrete Mar 2011

131/11 Deflection of permanent formwork May 2011


X

136/10 Structural safety reporting Nov 2010


X

Advice and requirements for the provision for Non-


143/11 May 2011
Motorised Users and accessibility

149/11 Existing motorway minimum requirements July 2011

Road Safely Audits – Compliance with EC


152/11 Dec 11
Directives X

Temporary traffic management on high speed


163/12 May 12
roads X

Implementation of BD 97/12 – the Assessment of


173/13 Scour and other Hydraulic Actions at Highways Feb 13
X
Structures

Introduction of the Construction Products


177/13 July 13 x
Regulations (EU) 305/2011

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

"X" if
Other Publication
relevant
CIRIA Document C543 Bridge detailing guide
X

CIRIA Document C660 Early-age thermal crack control in concrete


X

CIRIA Document C686 Safe access for maintenance and repair


X

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX B – STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP

To be inserted under the next issue

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX C – DRAWINGS

Drawing No. Title

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/014/C General Arrangement

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/015/B Central Section

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/016/A Typical Details – Pier 2

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/020/A Typical Details – Pier 3

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/021/A Typical Details – South Abutment

47067355/A406/12.60/SK/021/A Construction Sequence

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Intentionally left blank
This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is
indicative only for the purposes of the Section 73
Planning Application and will be further developed in
compliance with the parameter plans included in the
Application documents.
This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is
indicative only for the purposes of the Section 73
Planning Application and will be further developed in
compliance with the parameter plans included in the
Application documents.
This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is indicative only for the purposes
of the Section 73 Planning Application and will be further developed in
compliance with the parameter plans included in the Application documents.
This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is indicative only for the
purposes of the Section 73 Planning Application and will be further
developed in compliance with the parameter plans included in the
Application documents.
This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is
indicative only for the purposes of the Section 73
Planning Application and will be further developed in
compliance with the parameter plans included in the
Application documents.
This bridge alignment shown on this
drawing is indicative only for the purposes of
the Section 73 Planning Application and will
be further developed in compliance with the
parameter plans included in the Application
documents.
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX D – DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE

To be inserted under the next issue

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX E – INDICATIVE FORM C

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

STRUCTURE NAME: GRID REFERENCE: Reference/


Comments

STRUCTURE TYPE: AIP Ref No.:47065005-ST-RPT-003

Bridge DESIGN LIFE: 120 years

SOILS/GEOLOGY

STRATA TYPICAL DEPTHS

Made Ground up to 5.50 m bgl

Alluvium up to 6.10 m bgl where encountered

River Terrace Gravel up to 7.00 m bgl where encountered

London Clay up to 25.50 m bgl base not proved

PREVIOUS GROUND HISTORY:

North west side: area undeveloped until 1977. Car park area since 1977. Land use record
North east side: area undeveloped until 1960. Cash register factory from 1960 extracted from
until 1995. historical mapping
Tempelhof bridge was constructed in approximately 1975. available.
A full desk study covering previous site history is given in the Phase I Geo-
Environmental Assessment Report (D111870/GEO2/002/02).

CONTAMINATED GROUND RISK ASSESSMENT REQUIRED:

Previous findings
presented in Phase
Former activities in the vicinity of this area included allotment gardens, sewage
I Geo-
works, chemical factory and shooting grounds. Some GI was undertaken in the
Environmental
area. Elevated concentrations of lead and PAHs were identified in Made
Assessment
Ground. Elevated concentrations of metals, PAHs, TPH and phenols were
(D111870/GEO2/00
identified in groundwater. Further ground investigation is required in this area
2/02) and
with respect to assessing groundwater risks with respect to the proposed
Contamination
realignment of the River Brent, and characterisation of soils generated as a
Assessment Report
result of piling works.
(D111870/GEO2/00
4/02)

GROUND WATER:
Highest recorded groundwater level 1.00m

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

EARTH PRESSURE VALUE

Assuming 6N/6P backfill materials in accordance with SHW Series 600


Min phi=30° ‐ Ka=0.33 - K0=0.50 - Kp=3.00
Max phi=45° - Ka=0.17 - K0=0.29 - Kp=5.83

BEARING Spread Footings – Not suitable


CAPACITY

Structure Founding Founding Footing Allowable Bearing


Element Stratum Level Size Pressure
(m AOD) (kN/m2)

PILE DESIGN

Structure Founding Toe Level Pile Pile Length Pile


Diameter working
Element Stratum (m AOD) (m)
load (kN)
(mm)

London TBC TBC TBC TBC The Geotechnical


Clay Design Report is
not yet available.
An addendum to
the AIP will be
issued when the
GDR is available.

Pile Type: Assumed concrete bored and cast insitu


Criteria for selecting pile toe level: TBC
Allowance for negative skin friction: TBC

SETTLEMENT

Structure Founding Immediate Total Time Settlement


remaining
Element Level Settlement Settlement for
at
(m AOD) (mm) (mm) 90% completion

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

GROUND MOVEMENTS

Associated Settlement Heave due to Subsidence Flowing Other


Earthworks cutting due to Water
excavation Mineral
Extraction

Cause of
Movement

Maximum
Movement
(mm)

Measures to
deal with
movement

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX F – CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

To be inserted at under the next issue

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, TEMPELHOF BRIDGE (B1)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/312

Issue 2

February 2008
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/312


Issue 2
February 2008
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January W Azzi C McKenna C McKenna
2007
2 A February C McKenna C McKenna C McKenna
2008

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/312

Title A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2) - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
D1 January 2007 First issue
2 February 2008 8.1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................6

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................8

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................9

7 CHECKING .......................................................................................................................10

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................11

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................12

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................13

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006) .................14

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP ...............................................................33

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING .................................................35

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE ................................................36

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C................................................................................37

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT ..............................................40


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway

Over structure: A5 Link Road.

Under structure: Midland Main Railway Line and disused land

1.2 Permitted traffic speed

Over Structure: 40 mph

Under Structure: N/A

1.3 Existing restrictions

The structure is in an urban environment and crosses over a busy railway line

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The bridge carries the A5 Link Road over the Main Midland Line.

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE

3.1 Description of structure

The A5 Link Road is carried by a nine-span bridge totalling approximately 238


metres. The approach east and west spans are made up of precast
prestressed concrete beams and the main crossing consists of two steel truss
spans.

The bridge has a paved width between kerbs of 14.5m and carries two lanes
of traffic, two bus/cycle lanes and two nominal 2.5-metre footways. The
overall width between the deck edge stringcourses on the west approach
span is 20.7m,approximately 30m on the east approach span and 24.834m
on the main crossing.

The east approach is designed to butt up to the proposed building


developments on either side of the road.

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.2 Structural type

The approach spans are made up of prestressed concrete “M/UM” type beam
deck with continuous insitu concrete deck slab.

The main crossing consists of two triangulated steel truss spans supporting
transverse beams and a concrete deck slab.

3.3 Foundation type

The abutments and internal piers will be supported on bored insitu piles
joined together by a reinforced concrete pile cap.

3.4 Span arrangements

Approximately 19 metres for each of the approach spans. The main crossing
is made up of a 75.5-metre and a 29.5-metre span.

The skew angle of the main crossing is approximately 20.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

All nine spans will be designed as simply supported. Longitudinal fixity will be
provided at the central pier of the west approach spans and at one of the
internal piers of the east approach spans.

Fixed bearings on the common pier between the two steel truss spans will
provide longitudinal fixity to the main crossing.

Transverse fixity will be provided at each span separately.

Asphaltic plug joints will be provided at each end of the bridge to prevent
disruption of the carriageway surfacing.

3.6 Types of road restraint systems

H4a containment parapets in accordance with IAN 44/05 (IRRRS Revision 1)


- min 1250mm high above adjoining paved surface will be provided on the
main crossing and the south side of the west approach spans.

It is envisaged that a non-structural joint would sit between the approach span
and the proposed buildings. No road restraint system will be provided at these

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

spans in the long term. During the construction phase a temporary barrier
may be required.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

Inspections and maintenance of the structure will ideally be carried out during
lane closures put in place for general routine maintenance to the road
network. If required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to
carry out the relevant inspection and maintenance works.

3.7.2 Access

Access for inspection and maintenance of the walls, bearings, underside of


movement joints and deck soffit of the approach spans will be provided using
mobile scaffold units.

Access to the underside of the main crossing spans will require special
arrangements to be made with the railway authority.

Bearing replacement will be carried out by jacking between the abutment or


pier bearing shelf and the underside of the deck diaphragm.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant


sustainability issues are foreseen.

Proposed Materials:

Structural Steel

Grade S355

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest SD1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03
and IAN 74/06.

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Element Grade Exposure/DC¹ Class


Precast beams C50/60 XC3/4, XF1

Insitu slab C40/50 Deck top XC3 Deck


soffit where exposed
XD1
Edge Parapets C40/50 XD3

Sub structure walls C40/50 XC3/4

Pilecaps C32/40 XD2

Piles C32/40 XD2

Aggressive Chemical Environment for Concrete (ACEC) site class to be


confirmed.

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Prestressing Strand

Prestressing strand will be stress relieved seven wire strand conforming to BS


5896:1980.

Concrete Finishes:

Classes of formed concrete finish shall be as follows:

Buried surfaces shall be as follows: Class F1

Bridge deck cantilever Class F2

Bridge deck stringcourse Class F3

Elsewhere Class F5

Precast beams Class F4

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Classes of unformed concrete finish shall be as follows:

Buried surfaces Class U1

Top of deck slab Class U4

Bearing shelf and inspection gallery Class U2

Elsewhere Class U3

Exposed wing walls and abutment faces to receive anti-graffiti coating.

Waterproofing

Below ground concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

The top of the bridge deck will be protected with bridge deck waterproofing in
accordance with Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD


43/03.

3.9 Risks and hazards considered

Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

3.10 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates

Brief description of options:

The options considered for the main railway crossing were:-


1. Single span steel tied-arch
2. Two-span steel box girder deck

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Reasons for rejection


1. Rejected on the grounds of high costs and maintenance issues
2. Rejected on the grounds of Health & Safety, box girders create an
undesirable confined space environment

Each of the options provides an appropriate technical solution. A two-span


steel truss structure is the most buildable option and is therefore the proposed
solution to cross over the main obstacle.

For the approach spans, the proposed precast prestressed concrete beam
deck is favoured to a steel-composite deck due to maintenance
considerations.

3.11 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.11.1 Traffic Management

The bridge will be constructed off-line. However, traffic management may be


required on local roads and for certain construction operations due to the
structure being in a busy urban environment.

3.11.2 Services Diversions

Prior to the detailed design stage, investigation will be undertaken to establish


the existence of services and accommodate their diversion in the final design.

3.11.3 Interface with existing structures

The west approach spans of the proposed structure will intercept an existing
industrial building that will need to be partly or totally demolished. The
demolishment and refurbishment of the building does not form part of this
report.

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Full HA loading in accordance with BD 37/01

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

45 units HB loading in accordance with BD 37/01

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

In accordance with BD37/01

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Not applicable

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

Not applicable

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

Not applicable

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.80m minimum will be provided after an allowance for deck deflection from
permanent loads and differential settlement.

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by Special


Authority
Works (Y/N) Conditions
? County Council TBC
British Telecommunications plc TBC
Transco TBC
London Borough of? TBC
Network Rail TBC
Water? TBC

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS

Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1

None

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1

None

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
wind, and concrete shrinkage will be analysed using a 3-dimensional model in
the LUSAS or SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.

Substructures

The wing walls will be designed by manual methods to carry the loads applied
by earth pressure and surcharge from the retained fill.

Foundations

The piles will be analysed using the P-Group or M-Pile computer programs.

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

Refer to Appendix D.

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

Gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance with BS5400 Part4:


1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements

General properties for 6N/6P backfill materials:

Density = 20kN/m3 Min H = 30° Ka = 0.33 Ko = 0.50 Kp = 3.00

Max H = 45° Ka = 0.17 Ko = 0.29 Kp


= 5.83

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)

Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between any two


adjacent supports is allowed for in the design.

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations

A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the


Geotechnical Report will be available in ??.

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category

Category 3

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.

Not known yet

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.

None required

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Sheet 1 of 3: D112186/AIP/312


General Arrangement Sheet 2 of 3: D112186/AIP/313A
General Arrangement Sheet 3 of 3: D112186/AIP/314A

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Appendix F CDM Qualitative Risk Assessment

Appendix G Construction Vehicle Loading- Not used

Appendix H Abnormal Indivisible Loads- Not used

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications

Name of Organisation

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/312 February 2008


Issue 1
13
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’


(AUGUST 2006)
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A

TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification

MISCELLANEOUS
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5101: Technical Approval Requirements


for Changes to the Infrastructure
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5110: Design Requirements for
Structures
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design
of Bridges (2000)
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and
Clearances
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5212: Requirements for Defining and
Maintaining Clearances
Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006


Volume 1
Amendments)
Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including
Volume 2 November 2006 Amendments)
Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006
Volume 3
Amendments)

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated
otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]
BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating
Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov
2001]
BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982
Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1
BA 24/87
dated August 1989]
BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective


BA 27/99
Coatings
BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally
Bonded Plates
BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening
Programme for Highway Structures.
BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets


Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing
BA 38/93
Bars
BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars


BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment
No.1 dated May 2003]
BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges
Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete
BA 43/94
Bridge Decks
BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks


BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and


BA 50/93
Methods for Carrying Out Special Inspections
BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion
BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali
Silica Reaction
BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment


BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations,
Retaining Walls and Buried Structures
BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 57/01 Design for durability


BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded
Prestressing
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks


Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway
BA 83/02
Structures
BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for


Fatigue
BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater


than 0.9 Metres and up to 8.0 Metres
BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use
of BS 5400: Part1: 1988
BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]
BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated August 1989]
BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures.
BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
Coatings
BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of
issued) highway structures (September 2003).
BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and


Grouted Cavity type Construction
BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span
Bridges
BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and


Unbonded Prestressing
BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway


Structures [Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated
February 2003]
BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls


and Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating
Amendment No.1 (Issue 2 March 1999)
BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using


Fibre Reinforced Polymers
BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of
Special Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO)
Vehicles
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed


Cameras
BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated


June 1971]
BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in
Highway Structures
BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and


Gantries with low handrails or open mesh flooring
IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment


IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the
Trunk Road Network in England
IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design
And Construction Of Structures Using Concrete
IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands


Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005,
IAN 70/06
BS 4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)
IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance
IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress
from the trunk road network in England
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The


operational use of SMIS
IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network


Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related
IAN 62/05
Inspections
IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality
For Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature
Conservation Sites And SSSIs
IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act
1991 - Diversionary Works
The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed
IAN 57/04 Rev 1
Roads
IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces
IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including
Thaumasite) - New Construction and Structures Under Construction
IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS


Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment
IAN 42/05
Criteria
IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models


IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works
IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records


IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures.
Use of BS 5400: Part 4:1990
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and
IAN 04/96
Structures
IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at


Cross-Road Junctions
TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads


TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and
Major/Minor Junctions
TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes
TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions
Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)
TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and


Trunk Road Motorways Amendment No.3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]


TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on
All Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads
TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway
Trunk Roads
TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working


TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on
Motorways and Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard
Shoulders
TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts


TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1
dated May 1999]
TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment


TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Amendment No.1

TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-
Purpose Roads
TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design


TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – General Information
TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Local Roads

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment


Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated
TD 9/93
February 2002]
TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and
Assessment of Trunk Road Schemes
TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts
TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic
Signals on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions


TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and
Maintenance of Road Lighting
TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads
Maintenance of Traffic Signals
TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-
purpose trunk roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on


Motorways and All purpose Trunk Roads
TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads


TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway


TD 33/05
Trunk Roads
TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads
TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:
MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals
TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling


TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1
TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised
Roundabouts
TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at
Roundabouts
TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads
TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in
England and Wales

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details


Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage
HA 40/01
Works
HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers
HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway
Earthworks
HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating
Amendment No.1 dated April 1995]
HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook


HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by
Reinforced Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques
HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land


Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or
HA 74/00
both
HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff


HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services:
Installation & Maintenance
HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit


HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways
HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk
HD 23/99 General Information
HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment
HD 25/94 Foundations
HD 26/06 Pavement design
HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods
HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance
HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4
HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure
HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads
Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998
HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads
HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction
(Incorporating Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)
HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1


HD 36/99
Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


A5 Link Road Bridge
Over MML (B2)
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

STRUCTURE NAME: GRID REFERENCE: Reference/


Comments
STRUCTURE TYPE: AIP Ref No.:

Bridge DESIGN LIFE: 120 years


SOILS/GEOLOGY
Strata Typical Depths

PREVIOUS GROUND HISTORY: Desk top study


Unknown required

CONTAMINATED GROUND RISK ASSESSMENT REQUIRED: Desk top study


No information is known about the site history and contaminated ground risk. required
Testing will be carried out during the design phase ground investigation.

GROUND WATER:
Highest recorded groundwater levels 1.0 to 1.5m

EARTH PRESSURE VALUE


o
Assuming Granular backfill (phi = 30 ) Ka = 0.33, Ko = 0.5, Kp -= 3.0

BEARING Spread Footings – Not suitable


CAPACITY
Structure Founding Founding Footing Allowable Bearing
Element Stratum Level Size Pressure
2
(m AOD) (kN/m )

PILE DESIGN

Structure Founding Toe Level Pile Pile Length Pile


Element Stratum (m AOD) Diameter (m) working
(mm) load (kN)
London TBC TBC TBC TBC Site Investigation
Clay required for pile
design

Pile Type: Assumed concrete bored and cast insitu


Criteria for selecting pile toe level: TBC
Allowance for negative skin friction: TBC

SETTLEMENT

Structure Founding Immediate Total Time Settlement


Element Level Settlement Settlement for remaining
(m AOD) (mm) (mm) 90% at
completion
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

GROUND MOVEMENTS

Associated Settlement Heave due to Subsidence Flowing Other


Earthworks cutting due to Water
excavation Mineral
Extraction
Cause of
Movement
Maximum
Movement
(mm)
Measures to
deal with
movement
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A5 Link Road Bridge Over MML (B2)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT


Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/321

Issue 2

February 2008
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/321


Issue 2
February 2008
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January FK C McKenna C McKenna
2007
2 A February C McKenna C McKenna C McKenna
2008

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Linkl
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/321

Title Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3) - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
D1 January 2007 First issue
2 February 2008 8.1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................6

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................8

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................8

7 CHECKING .........................................................................................................................9

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................10

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................11

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................12

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006) .......................13

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP .....................................................................35

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING........................................................37

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE......................................................38

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C .....................................................................................39

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT .....................................................40


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway

Over structure: Not applicable – Pedestrian crossing

Under structure: Midland Main Line railway lines

1.2 Permitted traffic speed

Over Structure: N/A

Under Structure: N/A

1.3 Existing restrictions

None

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The proposed structure crosses over twelve railway lines and three platforms
at a new railway station.

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE

3.1 Description of structure

The proposed footbridge is a four span Vierendeel truss type structure


supporting a steel orthotropic deck.

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

The orthotropic steel deck comprises a deck plate supported by longitudinal


stiffeners, and transverse box beam members at approximately 3.5m centres.

The Vierendeel truss consists of a box beam and light fitting top chord, and a
steel angle bottom chord.

There is a proprietary cladding system fully enclosing the deck along its full
length to provide protection over the railway lines.

The deck is supported on reinforced concrete column piers and wall


abutments. Both the piers and the abutments are supported on piled
foundations.

All steelwork will be prefabricated and lifted into position on site.

3.2 Structural type

Four span continuous structure

3.3 Foundation type

The foundation types have not been determined yet but piled foundations are
currently shown for the intermediate piers and the abutments. This selection
of foundation type is subject to further amendment when the underlying
geology has been established.

3.4 Span arrangements

The superstructure will have a skew of 21 degrees. The bridge will comprise a
four span continuous through truss deck with the approach spans
considerably longer than the intermediate spans.

The total clear skew span of the bridge between abutments will be
approximately 90m.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

At the ends of the bridge, movement joints will be provided. There will be no
intermediate joints along the span of the bridge and fixity will be provided at
the central piers.

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

The bridge deck over the intermediate piers and the abutments will be fitted
with non-elastomeric bearings.

3.6 Types of road restraint systems

Structural members of the footbridge, i.e. vierendeel truss and screen


predominantly serve as pedestrian restraints. Additionally, glass balustrades
and stainless steel handrails are employed on the inside of the trusses to act
as pedestrian guardrails.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

The permanent works will incorporate suitable facilities, and be designed to


enable the superstructure to be jacked under permanent load effects to
enable bearing replacement without a need for temporary works other than
suitable access plant and load spreader plates.

Inspections and substantial maintenance activities (such as replacement of


bearings) to the outside of the structure will require possession of tracks.

3.7.2 Access

Access for inspection and maintenance of the inside of the footbridge will be
via the approach roads leading to the bridge and the interior of the bridge
itself.

For works connected to the outside of the bridge over the railways, access will
be through Network rail property using a mobile hoist. Track possessions will
be required for works within the Network rail boundary.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions

Proposed Materials:

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant


sustainability issues are foreseen.

Steel

Structural items Grade S355


Non-structural items Grade S275

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Deck and Abutments Wearing Surface

The surface shall comply with the requirements of BD 29/04 Chapter 10 and
Clause 12.15, including durability, slip resistance, and sound attenuation.

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest SD1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03
and IAN 74/06.

Element Grade Exposure Class


Sub structure
C40/50 XC3/4,
walls
Sub structure
C32/40 XD2
bases
Piled foundations C32/40 XD2

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Concrete Finishes:

Classes of formed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class F1

Exposed substructure Class F4

Classes of unformed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class U1

Elsewhere Class U3

Exposed wing walls and abutments to receive anti-graffiti coating.

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Waterproofing

Below ground concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

The top of the bridge deck will be protected with bridge deck waterproofing in
accordance with Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD


43/03.

3.9 Risks and hazards considered

Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

3.10 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates

The capital cost for the proposal is approximately £??????. Whole life costs
have not been calculated as the proposed modifications are considered the
only viable option.

3.11 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.11.1 Traffic Management

TBC

3.11.2 Services Diversions

TBC -The existence of Statutory Undertakers services is expected in the


vicinity of this structure and may require diversions.

3.11.3 Interface with existing structures

There are existing structures immediately to the south and north of the
proposed bridge and therefore the structural works will be affected by the
existing nearby structures. Arrangements will be made to maintain access
over the old structures during construction of the new bridge.

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Not applicable

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

Not applicable

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Footway or footbridge live loading: in accordance with BD 37/01. Vibration


serviceability of the structure shall comply with the requirements of BD 37/01
Appendix B and BD 49/01.

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Not applicable

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

Not applicable

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

No additional heavy load requirement. The structure does not cross a high
load route.

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.80m minimum will be provided after an allowance for deck deflection from
permanent loads and differential settlement.

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by Special


Authority
Works (Y/N) Conditions
Transport for London TBC
London Borough of Brent TBC
British Telecommunications plc TBC
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC
Network Rail TBC

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS

Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1

None.

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1

None

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
and wind, will be analysed using a 3 dimensional model in the LUSAS or
SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.

Substructures

Manual methods

Foundations

The piles will be analysed using the P-Group or M-Pile computer programs.

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

TBA

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

For concrete elements, gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance


with BS5400 Part4: 1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

For steel elements, gross cross section properties will be used in accordance
with BS 5400, Part 3.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements

TBC

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)

Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of


is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations

A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the


Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category

Category 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.

Not applicable

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.

Not applicable

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/321A

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Appendix F CDM Qualitative Risk Assessment

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKenna

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/321 February 2008


Issue 2
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006)


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A
TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

MISCELLANEOUS

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and Clearances

Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Volume 1 Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006 Amendments)


Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including
Volume 2
November 2006 Amendments)
Volume 3 Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006 Amendments)

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]

BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating


Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov 2001]

BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982

Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


BA 24/87
August 1989]

BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks

BA 27/99 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally Bonded


Plates

BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets

BA 38/93 Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing Bars

BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars

BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment No.1


dated May 2003]

BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges

Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete Bridge


BA 43/94
Decks

BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and Methods for


BA 50/93
Carrying Out Special Inspections

BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion

BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali Silica


Reaction

BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment

BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations, Retaining Walls


and Buried Structures

BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 57/01 Design for durability

BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded


Prestressing

BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks

BA 83/02 Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway Structures

BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue

BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater than 0.9
Metres and up to 8.0 Metres
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use of BS
5400: Part1: 1988

BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979 [Incorporating


Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]

BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


August 1989]

BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings

BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of highway
issued) structures (September 2003).

BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and Grouted
Cavity type Construction

BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span Bridges

BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges

BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and Unbonded
Prestressing

BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway Structures


[Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated February 2003]

BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls and
Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating Amendment No.1
(Issue 2 March 1999)
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using Fibre
Reinforced Polymers

BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of Special
Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO) Vehicles

BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed Cameras

BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated June


1971]

BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in Highway
Structures

BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and Gantries with
low handrails or open mesh flooring

IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment

IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the Trunk Road
Network in England

IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design And
Construction Of Structures Using Concrete

IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands

IAN 70/06 Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005, BS


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)

IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance

IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress from
the trunk road network in England

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The operational use
of SMIS

IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network

IAN 62/05 Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related Inspections

IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality For
Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature Conservation
Sites And SSSIs

IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works

IAN 57/04 Rev 1 The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed Roads

IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces

IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including Thaumasite)
- New Construction and Structures Under Construction

IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS

IAN 42/05 Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment Criteria

IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models

IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 - Diversionary
Works

IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records

IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures. Use of
BS 5400: Part 4:1990

IAN 04/96 BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at Cross-


Road Junctions

TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads

TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and


Major/Minor Junctions

TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes

TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions


Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)

TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and Trunk
Road Motorways Amendment No.3

TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]

TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on All
Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads

TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
Roads

TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working

TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on Motorways and
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard Shoulders

TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts

TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated May
1999]

TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment

TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Amendment No.1

TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-Purpose
Roads

TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design

TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – General Information

TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Local Roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment

TD 9/93 Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated February 2002]

TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and Assessment of


Trunk Road Schemes

TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts

TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic Signals
on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways

TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions

TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and Maintenance of
Road Lighting

TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads


Maintenance of Traffic Signals

TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-purpose


trunk roads

TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on Motorways
and All purpose Trunk Roads

TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
TD 33/05
Roads

TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads

TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:


MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals

TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling

TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other Dual
Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1

TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised


Roundabouts

TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at


Roundabouts

TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads

TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in England and
Wales

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details

HA 40/01 Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage Works

HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers

HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway


Earthworks
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated April 1995]

HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook

HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by Reinforced


Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques

HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land

HA 74/00 Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or both

HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff

HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services: Installation &
Maintenance

HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit

HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways

HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk

HD 23/99 General Information

HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment

HD 25/94 Foundations

HD 26/06 Pavement design

HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods

HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance

HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1


Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4

HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure

HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads


Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998

HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads

HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction (Incorporating


Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)

HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1


HD 36/99
Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Additional Relevant Standards

IAN 31/00 BS8666: 2000. Scheduling, Dimensioning, Bending, and Cutting of Steel
Reinforcement for Concrete.

IAN 44/05 Amd Interim Requirements for Road Restraint Systems (Vehicles and
No. 1 Pedestrian).

IAN 55/04 Guidance on The Use of European Standard BS EN 1317 – Road Restraint
Systems

IAN 48/03 Measures to Minimise the Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including Thaumasite) –
New Construction and Structures Under Construction.

IAN 58/04 Changes to Aggregate and Concrete Specification affecting MCHW

IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance

IAN 70/05 Implementation of new reinforcement standards

IAN 74/06 Revised guidance regarding the use of BS8500 for the design and
construction of structures using concrete.

IAN 67/05 Structures Management Information System (SMIS) – The operational use of
SMIS

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures. Use of
BS 5400: Part 4:1990

IAN 04/96 BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures.

BS EN 206-1:2000 Concrete – Specification, performance, production, and conformity.

BS 8500-1:2002 Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1. Part 1: Method


of specifying and guidance for the specifier

BS 8500-2:2002 Complementary BS to BS EN 206-1 - Specification for constituent materials


and concrete.

BS 7818: 1985 Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal.


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

RT/CE/C/002 Application and Reapplication of Protective Treatment to Railtrack


Infrastructure.

RT/CE/C/008 Model Clauses for Specifying Civil Engineering Works

RT/CE/C/045 Code of Practice for Terms and Definitions for use in Civil Engineering
Standards

RT/CE/C/045 Code of Practice for Terms and Definitions for use in Civil Engineering
Standards

RT/CE/P/015 Structure Gauge Policy

RT/CE/P/044 Managing Structures Works

RT/CE/S/003 Technical Approval of Design, Construction and Maintenance of Civil


Engineering Infrastructure

RT/CE/S/036 Management of Gauging and Clearances

RT/CE/S/039 Specification RT98 – Protective Treatments for Railtrack Infrastructure

RT/LS/S/008 Network Rail Contract Requirements - Safety

GC/RC5510 Recommendations for the Design of Bridges

GC/RT5110 Design Requirements for the Design of Bridges

GC/RT5112 Loading Requirements for the Design of Bridges

GC/RT5203 Infrastructure Requirements for Personal Safety in respect of Clearance


and Access

GC/RT5212 Requirements for Defining and Maintaining Clearances

GE/GN8573 Guidance on Gauging

GE/RT8029 Management of Clearances and Gauging

GI/GN7518 Guidance on Compliance with Infrastructure Railway Group Standards


issued during the Project Life Cycle

GI/RT7003 The management of Construction Work in the Operational Railway


Environment

GI/RT7014 Infrastructure Requirements at Stations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


Midland Main Line
Pedestrian Bridge
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure Midland Main Line Pedestrian Bridge (B3)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT


Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/331

Issue 1

January 2007
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/331


Issue 1
January 2007
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January FK C McKenna C McKenna
2007

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/331

Title A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4) - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
D1 January 2007 First issue
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................5

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................7

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................8

7 CHECKING .........................................................................................................................9

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................10

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................11

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................12

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006) .......................13

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP .....................................................................33

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING........................................................35

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE......................................................36

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C .....................................................................................37

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT .....................................................38


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway

Over structure: Not applicable – Pedestrian crossing

Under structure: A406 North Circular Road – dual carriageway

1.2 Permitted traffic speed

Over Structure: N/A

Under Structure: 40mph

1.3 Existing restrictions

None

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The proposed structure crosses the A406 North Circular Road approximately
275m east of the existing Templehof Avenue Bridge.

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE

3.1 Description of structure

The proposed footbridge is a three span Vierendeel truss type supporting a


steel orthotropic deck.

The orthotropic steel deck comprises a deck plate supported by longitudinal


stiffeners, and transverse box beam members at approximately 3.5m centres.

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

The Vierendeel truss consists of a box beam and light fitting top chord, and a
steel angle bottom chord.

The deck is supported on reinforced concrete piers and abutments. Both the
piers and the abutments are supported on spread foundations (or piled
foundations, subject to ground investigations).

All steelwork will be prefabricated and lifted into position on site.

3.2 Structural type

Three span continuous structure

3.3 Foundation type

The structure will be supported on spread foundations (or piled foundations


subject to GI)

3.4 Span arrangements

Side spans of 42m and 20m, and a central span of 30m.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

TBC

3.6 Types of road restraint systems

Structural members of the footbridge, i.e. vierendeel truss and screen


predominantly serve as pedestrian restraints. Additionally, glass balustrades
and stainless steel handrails are employed on the inside of the trusses to act
as pedestrian guardrails.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

Maintenance/replacement of the parapet will be carried out during lane


closures put in place for general routine maintenance to the road network. If
required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to carry out
the appropriate maintenance/replacement works.

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Routine inspection and maintenance works to elements of the structure on


top of the bridge may be carried out with suitable controls in place to protect
operatives and users.

Access for inspection and maintenance of the walls and deck soffit will require
special arrangements to be made with Transport for London.

3.7.2 Access

Access to the outside of the bridge will be achieved using lane closures and
mobile hydraulic lifts.

Buried foundations are not accessible.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions

Proposed Materials:

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant


sustainability issues are foreseen.

Steel

Structural items Grade S355


Non-structural items Grade S275

Deck and Abutments Wearing Surface

The surface shall comply with the requirements of BD 29/04 Chapter 10 and
Clause 12.15, including durability, slip resistance and sound attenuation.

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest SD1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03
and IAN 74/06.

Element Grade Exposure Class


Sub structure
C40/50 XC3/4,
walls
Sub structure
C32/40 XD2
bases

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Concrete Finishes:

Classes of formed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class F1

Exposed substructure Class F4

Classes of unformed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class U1

Elsewhere Class U3

Exposed wing walls and abutments to receive anti-graffiti coating.

Waterproofing

Below ground concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

The top of the bridge deck will be protected with bridge deck waterproofing in
accordance with Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD


43/03.

3.9 Risks and hazards considered

Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.10 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates

The capital cost for the proposal is approximately £??????. Whole life costs
have not been calculated as the proposed modifications are considered the
only viable option.

3.11 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.11.1 Traffic Management

TBC

3.11.2 Services Diversions

TBC -The existence of Statutory Undertakers services in the vicinity of this


structure may require diversions however this would be part of the main
highway works and would not affect the form of the structure

3.11.3 Interface with existing structures

None

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Not applicable

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

Not applicable

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Footway or footbridge live loading: in accordance with BD 37/01. Vibration


serviceability of the structure shall comply with the requirements of BD 37/01
Appendix B and BD 49/01.

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Not applicable

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

Not applicable

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

No additional heavy load requirement. The structure does not cross a high
load route.

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.70m absolute minimum will be provided after an allowance for deck


deflection from permanent loads and differential settlement.

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by Special


Authority
Works (Y/N) Conditions
Transport for London TBC
London Borough of Brent TBC
British Telecommunications plc TBC
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS

Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1

The requirement of Clause 6.6(g) of BD 29/04 for landing length to be equal


to stair width is not considered appropriate and a maximum landing length of
2m has been adopted.

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1

None

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
and wind, will be analysed using a 3 dimensional model in the LUSAS or
SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.

Substructures

Manual methods

Foundations

Manual methods

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

TBA

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

For concrete elements, gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance


with BS5400 Part4:1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

For steel elements, gross cross section properties will be used in accordance
with BS 5400, Part 3.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements

TBC

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)

Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of


is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations

A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the


Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category

Category 1

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.

Not applicable

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.

None required

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/331

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Appendix F CDM Qualitative Risk Assessment

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKenna

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/331 January 2007


Issue 1
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006)


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A
TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

MISCELLANEOUS

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and Clearances

Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Volume 1 Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006 Amendments)


Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including
Volume 2
November 2006 Amendments)
Volume 3 Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006 Amendments)

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]

BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating


Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov 2001]

BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982

Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


BA 24/87
August 1989]

BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks

BA 27/99 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally Bonded


Plates

BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets

BA 38/93 Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing Bars

BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars

BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment No.1


dated May 2003]

BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges

Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete Bridge


BA 43/94
Decks

BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and Methods for


BA 50/93
Carrying Out Special Inspections

BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion

BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali Silica


Reaction

BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment

BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations, Retaining Walls


and Buried Structures

BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 57/01 Design for durability

BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded


Prestressing

BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks

BA 83/02 Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway Structures

BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue

BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater than 0.9
Metres and up to 8.0 Metres
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use of BS
5400: Part1: 1988

BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979 [Incorporating


Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]

BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


August 1989]

BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings

BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of highway
issued) structures (September 2003).

BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and Grouted
Cavity type Construction

BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span Bridges

BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges

BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and Unbonded
Prestressing

BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway Structures


[Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated February 2003]

BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls and
Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating Amendment No.1
(Issue 2 March 1999)
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using Fibre
Reinforced Polymers

BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of Special
Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO) Vehicles

BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed Cameras

BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated June


1971]

BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in Highway
Structures

BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and Gantries with
low handrails or open mesh flooring

IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment

IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the Trunk Road
Network in England

IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design And
Construction Of Structures Using Concrete

IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands

IAN 70/06 Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005, BS


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)

IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance

IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress from
the trunk road network in England

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The operational use
of SMIS

IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network

IAN 62/05 Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related Inspections

IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality For
Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature Conservation
Sites And SSSIs

IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works

IAN 57/04 Rev 1 The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed Roads

IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces

IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including Thaumasite)
- New Construction and Structures Under Construction

IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS

IAN 42/05 Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment Criteria

IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models

IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 - Diversionary
Works

IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records

IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures. Use of
BS 5400: Part 4:1990

IAN 04/96 BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at Cross-


Road Junctions

TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads

TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and


Major/Minor Junctions

TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes

TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions


Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)

TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and Trunk
Road Motorways Amendment No.3

TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]

TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on All
Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads

TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
Roads

TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working

TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on Motorways and
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard Shoulders

TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts

TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated May
1999]

TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment

TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Amendment No.1

TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-Purpose
Roads

TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design

TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – General Information

TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Local Roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment

TD 9/93 Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated February 2002]

TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and Assessment of


Trunk Road Schemes

TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts

TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic Signals
on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways

TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions

TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and Maintenance of
Road Lighting

TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads


Maintenance of Traffic Signals

TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-purpose


trunk roads

TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on Motorways
and All purpose Trunk Roads

TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
TD 33/05
Roads

TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads

TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:


MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals

TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling

TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other Dual
Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1

TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised


Roundabouts

TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at


Roundabouts

TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads

TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in England and
Wales

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details

HA 40/01 Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage Works

HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers

HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway


Earthworks
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated April 1995]

HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook

HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by Reinforced


Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques

HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land

HA 74/00 Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or both

HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff

HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services: Installation &
Maintenance

HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit

HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways

HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk

HD 23/99 General Information

HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment

HD 25/94 Foundations

HD 26/06 Pavement design

HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods

HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance

HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1


Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4

HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure

HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads


Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998

HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads

HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction (Incorporating


Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)

HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1


HD 36/99
Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 Pedestrian Bridge (B4)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


A406 North Circular
Road Footbridge
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 North ircular Roaf Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 North ircular Roaf Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 North ircular Roaf Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 North ircular Roaf Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT


Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/341

Issue 1

January 2007
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/341


Issue 1
January 2007
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January FK C McKenna C McKenna
2007

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/341

Title A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5) - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
D1 January 2007 First issue
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................5

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................7

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................8

7 CHECKING .........................................................................................................................9

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................10

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................11

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................12

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006) .......................13

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP .....................................................................33

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING........................................................35

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE......................................................36

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C .....................................................................................37

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT .....................................................38


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway

Over structure: Not applicable – Pedestrian crossing

Under structure: A41 Hendon Way – dual carriageway

1.2 Permitted traffic speed

Over Structure: N/A

Under Structure: 40mph (TBC)

1.3 Existing restrictions

None

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The proposed structure crosses the A41 Hendon just off the Highfield Avenue
Junction.

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE

3.1 Description of structure

The proposed footbridge is a single span Vierendeel truss type supporting a


steel orthotropic deck.

The orthotropic steel deck comprises a deck plate supported by longitudinal


stiffeners, and transverse box beam members at approximately 3.5m centres.

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

The Vierendeel truss consists of a box beam and light fitting top chord, and a
steel angle bottom chord.

The deck is supported on reinforced concrete abutments. These abutments


are supported on spread foundations (or piled foundations, subject to ground
investigations).

All steelwork will be prefabricated and lifted into position on site.

3.2 Structural type

Simply supported single span structure

3.3 Foundation type

The structure will be supported on spread foundations (or piled foundations


subject to GI)

3.4 Span arrangements

Single span of 40m.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

TBC

3.6 Types of road restraint systems

Structural members of the footbridge, i.e. Vierendeel truss and screen


predominantly serve as pedestrian restraints. Additionally, glass balustrades
and stainless steel handrails are employed on the inside of the trusses to act
as pedestrian guardrails.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

Maintenance/replacement of the parapet will be carried out during lane


closures put in place for general routine maintenance to the road network. If
required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to carry out
the appropriate maintenance/replacement works.

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Routine inspection and maintenance works to elements of the structure on


top of the bridge may be carried out with suitable controls in place to protect
operatives and users.

Access for inspection and maintenance of the walls and deck soffit will require
special arrangements to be made with Transport for London.

3.7.2 Access

Access to the outside of the bridge will be achieved using lane closures and
mobile hydraulic lifts.

Buried foundations are not accessible.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions

Proposed Materials:

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant


sustainability issues are foreseen.

Steel

Structural items Grade S355


Non-structural items Grade S275

Deck and Abutments Wearing Surface

The surface shall comply with the requirements of BD 29/04 Chapter 10 and
Clause 12.15, including durability, slip resistance and sound attenuation.

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest SD1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03
and IAN 74/06.

Element Grade Exposure Class


Sub structure
C40/50 XC3/4,
walls
Sub structure
C32/40 XD2
bases

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Concrete Finishes:

Classes of formed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class F1

Exposed substructure Class F4

Classes of unformed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class U1

Elsewhere Class U3

Exposed wing walls and abutments to receive anti-graffiti coating.

Waterproofing

Below ground, concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

The top of the bridge deck will be protected with bridge deck waterproofing in
accordance with Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD


43/03.

3.9 Risks and hazards considered

Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.10 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates

The capital cost for the proposal is approximately £??????. Whole life costs
have not been calculated as the proposed modifications are considered the
only viable option.

3.11 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.11.1 Traffic Management

TBC

3.11.2 Services Diversions

TBC -The existence of Statutory Undertakers services in the vicinity of this


structure may require diversions however this would be part of the main
highway works and would not affect the form of the structure.

3.11.3 Interface with existing structures

None

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Not applicable

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

Not applicable

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Footway or footbridge live loading: in accordance with BD 37/01. Vibration


serviceability of the structure shall comply with the requirements of BD 37/01
Appendix B and BD 49/01.

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Not applicable

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

Not applicable

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

No additional heavy load requirement. The structure does not cross a high
load route.

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.70m absolute minimum will be provided after an allowance for deck


deflection from permanent loads and differential settlement.

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by Special


Authority
Works (Y/N) Conditions
Transport for London TBC
London Borough of Brent TBC
British Telecommunications plc TBC
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS

Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1

The requirement of Clause 6.6(g) of BD 29/04 for landing length to be equal


to stair width is not considered appropriate and a maximum landing length of
2m has been adopted.

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1

None

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
and wind, will be analysed using a 3 dimensional model in the LUSAS or
SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.

Substructures

Manual methods

Foundations

Manual methods

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

TBA

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

For concrete elements, gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance


with BS5400 Part4: 1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

For steel elements, gross cross section properties will be used in accordance
with BS 5400, Part 3.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements

TBC

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)

Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of


is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations

A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the


Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category

Category 1

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.

Not applicable

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.

None required

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/341

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Appendix F CDM Qualitative Risk Assessment

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKenna

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/341 January 2007


Issue 1
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006)


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A
TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

MISCELLANEOUS

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and Clearances

Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Volume 1 Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006 Amendments)


Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including
Volume 2
November 2006 Amendments)
Volume 3 Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006 Amendments)

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]

BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating


Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov 2001]

BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982


Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated
BA 24/87
August 1989]
BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks

BA 27/99 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings

BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally Bonded


Plates

BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets

BA 38/93 Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing Bars

BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars

BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment No.1


dated May 2003]

BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges


Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete Bridge
BA 43/94
Decks
BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls


Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and Methods for
BA 50/93
Carrying Out Special Inspections
BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion

BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali Silica


Reaction

BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment

BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations, Retaining Walls


and Buried Structures

BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 57/01 Design for durability

BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded


Prestressing
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks

BA 83/02 Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway Structures

BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue

BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater than 0.9
Metres and up to 8.0 Metres

BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use of BS
5400: Part1: 1988
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979 [Incorporating


Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]

BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


August 1989]

BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings

BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of highway
issued) structures (September 2003).

BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and Grouted
Cavity type Construction

BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants

BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span Bridges

BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges

BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and Unbonded
Prestressing

BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway Structures


[Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated February 2003]

BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls and
Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating Amendment No.1
(Issue 2 March 1999)

BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using Fibre
Reinforced Polymers

BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of Special
Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO) Vehicles

BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed Cameras

BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated June


1971]

BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in Highway
Structures

BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and Gantries with
low handrails or open mesh flooring

IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment

IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the Trunk Road
Network in England

IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design And
Construction Of Structures Using Concrete

IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands

IAN 70/06 Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005, BS


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)

IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance

IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress from
the trunk road network in England

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The operational use
of SMIS

IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network

IAN 62/05 Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related Inspections

IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality For
Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature Conservation
Sites And SSSIs

IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works

IAN 57/04 Rev 1 The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed Roads

IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces

IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including Thaumasite)
- New Construction and Structures Under Construction

IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS

IAN 42/05 Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment Criteria


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models

IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 - Diversionary
Works

IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records


IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures. Use of
BS 5400: Part 4:1990
IAN 04/96 BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at Cross-


Road Junctions

TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads

TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and


Major/Minor Junctions

TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes

TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions


Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)

TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and Trunk
Road Motorways Amendment No.3

TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]

TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on All
Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads

TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
Roads

TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working

TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on Motorways and
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard Shoulders

TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts

TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated May
1999]

TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment

TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Amendment No.1

TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-Purpose
Roads

TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design

TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – General Information

TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Local Roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment

TD 9/93 Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated February 2002]

TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and Assessment of


Trunk Road Schemes

TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts

TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic Signals
on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways

TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions

TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and Maintenance of
Road Lighting

TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads


Maintenance of Traffic Signals

TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-purpose


trunk roads

TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on Motorways
and All purpose Trunk Roads

TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
TD 33/05
Roads

TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads

TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:


MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals

TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling

TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other Dual
Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1

TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised


Roundabouts

TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at


Roundabouts

TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads

TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in England and
Wales

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details

HA 40/01 Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage Works

HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers

HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway


Earthworks
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated April 1995]

HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook

HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by Reinforced


Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques

HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land

HA 74/00 Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or both

HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff

HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services: Installation &
Maintenance

HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit

HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways

HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk

HD 23/99 General Information

HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment

HD 25/94 Foundations

HD 26/06 Pavement design

HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods

HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance

HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1


Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4

HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure

HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads


Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998

HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads

HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction (Incorporating


Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)

HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1

HD 36/99 Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Pedestrian Bridge (B5)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


A41 Hendon Way
Footbridge
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Hendon Way Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Hendon Way Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Hendon Way Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A41 Hendon Way Footbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT


Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)


(previously referenced B7)

Structure Key 0000

Approval in Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/361

Issue 4

October 2008
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)


(previously referenced B7)

Structure Key 0000

Approval in Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/361


Issue 4
October 2008
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January FK C McKenna C McKenna
2007
2 A February C McKenna C McKenna C McKenna
2008
3 A October A Wignall C McKenna C McKenna
2008
4 A October A Wignall C McKenna C McKenna
2008

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/361

Title A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6) (previously referenced B7) -


Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
D1 January 2007 First issue
2 February 2008 8.1
3 October 2008 1.1, 3.1, 3.6, 3.7.1, 3.8, 7.1
4 October 2008 2.1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS ......................................................................................................... 1

2 SITE DETAILS................................................................................................................... 1

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE................................................................................................ 1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA ........................................................................................................... 5

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS ............................................................................................... 7

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS....................................................................................... 8

7 CHECKING ........................................................................................................................ 9

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .................................................................................... 10

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ....................................................... 11

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW ..................................................................................... 12

APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006).................... 13

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP .................................................................... 34

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING....................................................... 36

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE..................................................... 37

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C .................................................................................... 38

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT .................................................... 39


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway

Over structure: Not applicable – Pedestrian/cycleway crossing

Under structure: A406 – M1 Junction

1.2 Permitted traffic speed

Over Structure: N/A

Under Structure: 40mph (TBC)

1.3 Existing restrictions

None

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The proposed structure crosses the A406 - M1 Junction just east of the
existing railway arch structure carrying the Midland Main Line over the A406.

At the south end of the bridge the pedestrian/cycleway continues onto a high
level ramp which will rise from the proposed bridge level to approximately
+49.0m (see parameter plan 006 Proposed Finished Site Levels) The design
of the vertical alignment of the pedestrian /cycleway is not yet detailed at this
time. The high level pedestrian/cycleway will continue to the new Brent Cross
Cricklewood Transport Interchange (New BXC Railway Station).

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE

3.1 Description of structure

The proposed footbridge is a two span Vierendeel truss type supporting a


steel orthotropic deck.

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

The orthotropic steel deck comprises a deck plate supported by longitudinal


stiffeners, and transverse box beam members at approximately 3.6m centres.

The Vierendeel truss consists of a box beam and light fitting top chord, and a
fabricated steel angle bottom chord.

The deck is supported on reinforced concrete piers and abutments. The piers
and abutments are supported on spread foundations (or piled foundations,
subject to ground investigations).

All steelwork will be prefabricated and lifted into position on site.

3.2 Structural type

Two span continuous structure

3.3 Foundation type

The structure will be supported on spread foundations (or piled foundations


subject to GI)

3.4 Span arrangements

Two spans of 29m each.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

TBC

3.6 Types of road restraint systems

Structural members of the footbridge, i.e. vierendeel truss and screen


predominantly serve as pedestrian restraints. Additionally, glass balustrades
and stainless steel handrails are employed on the inside of the trusses to act
as pedestrian guardrails.

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

Maintenance/replacement of the structure will be carried out during lane


closures put in place for general routine maintenance to the road network. If
required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to carry out
the appropriate maintenance/replacement works.
Routine inspection and maintenance works to elements of the structure on
top of the bridge may be carried out with suitable controls in place to protect
operatives and users.

Access for inspection and maintenance of the trusses and deck soffit will
require special arrangements to be made with Transport for London.

3.7.2 Access

Access to the outside of the bridge will be achieved using lane closures and
mobile hydraulic lifts.

Buried foundations are not accessible.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions

Proposed Materials:

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant


sustainability issues are foreseen.

Steel

Structural items Grade S355


Non-structural items Grade S275

Deck and Abutments Wearing Surface

The surface shall comply with the requirements of BD 29/04 Chapter 10 and
Clause 12.15, including durability, slip resistance and sound attenuation.

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest SD1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03
and IAN 95/07.

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Element Grade Exposure Class


Sub structure
C40/50 XC3/4,
walls
Sub structure
C32/40 XD2
bases
Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Concrete Finishes:

Classes of formed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class F1

Exposed substructure Class F4

Classes of unformed concrete finish:

Buried substructure Class U1

Elsewhere Class U3

Exposed wing walls and abutments to receive anti-graffiti coating.

Waterproofing

Below ground, concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

The top of the steel bridge deck will be protected with factory applied epoxy
non-slip surfacing/waterproofing material.

All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD


43/03.

3.9 Risks and hazards considered

Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.10 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates

The capital cost for the proposal is approximately £??????. Whole life costs
have not been calculated as the proposed works are considered the only
viable option.

3.11 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.11.1 Traffic Management

TBC

3.11.2 Services Diversions

TBC -The existence of Statutory Undertakers services in the vicinity of this


structure may require diversions however this would be part of the main
highway works and would not affect the form of the structure.

3.11.3 Interface with existing structures

None

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Not applicable

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

Not applicable

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Footway or footbridge live loading: in accordance with BD 37/01. Vibration


serviceability of the structure shall comply with the requirements of BD 37/01
Appendix B and BD 49/01.

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Not applicable

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

Not applicable

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

No additional heavy load requirement. The structure does not cross a high
load route.

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.70m absolute minimum will be provided after an allowance for deck


deflection from permanent loads and differential settlement.

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by Special


Authority
Works (Y/N) Conditions
Transport for London TBC
London Borough of Brent TBC
British Telecommunications plc TBC
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS

Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1

None

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1

None

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
and wind, will be analysed using a 3 dimensional model in the LUSAS or
SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.

Substructures

Manual methods

Foundations

Manual methods

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

TBA

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

For concrete elements, gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance


with BS5400 Part4: 1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

For steel elements, gross cross section properties will be used in accordance
with BS 5400, Part 3.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements

TBC

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)

Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of


is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations

A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the


Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category

Category 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.

Not applicable

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.

None required

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/361B

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Appendix F CDM Qualitative Risk Assessment

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKenna

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST


2006)

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
13
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A
TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
14
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BS 8004 1986 Foundations

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials, and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
15
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification

MISCELLANEOUS

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and Clearances

Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Volume 1 Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006 Amendments)

Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including


Volume 2
November 2006 Amendments)

Volume 3 Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006 Amendments)

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]
BA 16/97
The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating
Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov 2001]

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
16
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982

Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


BA 24/87
August 1989]

BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks

BA 27/99 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings

BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally Bonded


Plates

BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets

BA 38/93 Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing Bars

BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars

BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment No.1


dated May 2003]

BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges

Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete Bridge


BA 43/94
Decks

BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and Methods for


BA 50/93
Carrying Out Special Inspections

BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
17
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali Silica


Reaction

BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment

BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations, Retaining Walls


and Buried Structures

BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 57/01 Design for durability

BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded


Prestressing

BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks

BA 83/02 Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway Structures

BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
18
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue

BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater than 0.9
Metres and up to 8.0 Metres

BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use of BS
5400: Part1: 1988

BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979 [Incorporating


Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]

BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated


August 1989]

BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures.

BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective Coatings

BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs for


Highway Structures

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
19
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of highway
issued) structures (September 2003).

BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and Grouted
Cavity type Construction

BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants

BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span Bridges

BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening Programme


for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges

BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and Unbonded
Prestressing

BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
20
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway Structures


[Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated February 2003]

BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls and
Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating Amendment No.1
(Issue 2 March 1999)

BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using Fibre
Reinforced Polymers

BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of Special
Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO) Vehicles

BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed Cameras

BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
21
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated June


1971]
BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in Highway
Structures
BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and Gantries with
low handrails or open mesh flooring

IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment

IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the Trunk Road
Network in England

IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design And
Construction Of Structures Using Concrete

IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands

IAN 70/06 Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005, BS

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
22
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)

IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance

IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress from
the trunk road network in England

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The operational use
of SMIS

IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network

IAN 62/05 Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related Inspections

IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality For
Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature Conservation
Sites And SSSIs

IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works

IAN 57/04 Rev 1 The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed Roads

IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces

IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including Thaumasite)
- New Construction and Structures Under Construction

IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS

IAN 42/05 Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment Criteria

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
23
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models

IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 - Diversionary
Works

IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records

IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures. Use of
BS 5400: Part 4:1990

IAN 04/96 BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at Cross-


Road Junctions

TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
24
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads

TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and


Major/Minor Junctions

TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes

TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions


Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)

TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and Trunk
Road Motorways Amendment No.3

TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]

TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on All
Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads

TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
Roads

TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working

TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on Motorways and
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard Shoulders

TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
25
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts

TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated May
1999]

TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment

TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Amendment No.1

TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-Purpose
Roads

TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design

TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – General Information

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
26
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Local Roads

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment

TD 9/93 Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated February 2002]

TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and Assessment of


Trunk Road Schemes

TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts

TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic Signals
on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways

TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions

TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and Maintenance of
Road Lighting

TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads


Maintenance of Traffic Signals

TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-purpose


trunk roads

TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on Motorways
and All purpose Trunk Roads

TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads


TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway Trunk
TD 33/05
Roads
TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
27
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:


MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals
TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling

TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other Dual
Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1

TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised


Roundabouts

TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at


Roundabouts

TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England: Guidance for
Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads

TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in England and
Wales

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
28
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 40/01 Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage Works

HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers

HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway


Earthworks

HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated April 1995]

HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook

HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by Reinforced


Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques

HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land

HA 74/00 Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or both

HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
29
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff

HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services: Installation &
Maintenance

HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
30
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit

HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways

HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk

HD 23/99 General Information

HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment

HD 25/94 Foundations

HD 26/06 Pavement design

HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods

HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance

HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1


Surfacing
Amendment Materials
No. 2, 3for New
and 4 and Maintenance Construction (Incorporating
HD 32/94 Maintenance
Amendment No of Concrete Roads2001)
1 dated August
HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure
HD 33/06
HD34/03 Surface andSurfacing
Bituminous Sub-surface Drainage
Materials andSystems for Highways
Techniques Amendment No.1
HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads
HD 35/04 Implementation
Amendment
Concrete No.and
Surfacing Use
1 Mar
and of the Standards
1995
Materials Improvement
Amendment No.1 System

HD 36/99 Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998


Conservation
Footway Design
and the use of secondary and recycled Materials
Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008
Issue 4
31
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
32
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
33
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
34
A406 - M1
Footbridge

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
35
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
36
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
37
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
38
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration
A406/M1 Pedestrian/Cycleway Bridge (B6)
Name of Structure
(previously referenced B7)
Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Report No D112186/AIP/361 October 2008


Issue 4
39
M1 Junction 1

Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/401

Issue 2

February 2008
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

M1 North Link Underbridge


Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/401


Issue 2
February 2008
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January S Black C McKenna C McKenna
2007
2 A February C McKenna C McKenna C McKenna
2008

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/401

Title M1 Link North Underbridge - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
1 January 2007 First issue
2 February 2008 3.2, 3.3, 3.12.1, 3.12.3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................6

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................8

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................9

7 CHECKING .......................................................................................................................10

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................10

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................11

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................12

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPRAISAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006) .......... ERROR!


BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP .....................................................................32

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING.......................................................34

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAQM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE...................................................35

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C .....................................................................................37


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway


Over structure: M1 North Link Road
Under structure: A406 (East) and A5 (West)

1.2 Permitted traffic speed


Over Structure: 50 mph (TBC)
Under Structure: 50 mph (TBC)

1.3 Existing restrictions


The proposed structure carries a live road and must be maintained during
construction.
The construction of the proposed western wingwalls will be very close to an
existing structure.

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed


The underbridge carries the M1 North Link Road over the proposed A406
(East) and A5 (West).
See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE

3.1 Description of structure


The proposed structure will carry the existing M1 link road over the proposed
A5 (Southbound) and A406 (Northbound) connector roads.
The existing M1 link road is on embankment at the proposed bridge site as it
approaches the existing steel viaduct to the West. The proposed bridge will
carry the M1 over the connector roads in a single span.

3.2 Structural type


The proposed bridge will be a closed form reinforced concrete portal structure
constructed from M - beams supported on reinforced concrete frames. The
structure will be fully integral. The embankments will be retained by

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

reinforced soil walls. The wingwalls, which splay out at approximately 45o, are
also formed from reinforced soil.

3.3 Foundation type


The abutments will be reinforced concrete frames supported on piles
The embankments on the approach to the bridge will be retained by
reinforced soil retaining walls behind the abutment frames..

3.4 Span arrangements


Single clear square span of 22.739m between abutments. The bridge is
skewed to the M1 link at approximately 9º and has a clear skewed span of
approximately 23m.

3.5 Articulation arrangements


Fully-integral abutments.
Asphaltic plug joints will be provided at each end of the bridge to prevent
disruption of the carriageway surfacing.
The deck beams will be supported on the abutment capping beam and then
cast monolithic with the abutment.

3.6 Types of road restraint systems


Metal parapets 1.0m high with mesh infill in accordance with BS EN 1317
having performance class N2 (normal containment level) and working width
class not greater than W2.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

If required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to carry out


the relevant inspection and maintenance works. Underside inspections will be
carried out by mobile hoist during lane closures

3.7.2 Access

Access will be achieved on foot and/or with mobile hoist. No fixed access will
be provided.

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions
Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant
sustainability issues are foreseen.

Proposed Materials:
Concrete
Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for
Highway Works, BRE Special Digest 1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03 and
IAN 74/06.

Element Grade Exposure/DC¹ Class

Precast beams C50/60 XD3

Deck top - XC3


Insitu slab C40/50
Deck soffit – XD1

Edge Parapets C40/50 XD3 & XF4

Piles C32/40 XD2 & DC4**

Notation: DC¹ Design chemical class for the site


ACEC class of the ground is ….(TBC)

Reinforcement
Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005
and IAN 70/06.

Prestressing Strand
Prestressing strand will be stress relieved seven wire strand conforming to BS
5896:1980.

Concrete Finishes:
Exposed Horizontal surfaces:
Prestressed Beams Class F5
Top of Bridge Deck Class U4
Bridge Deck Soffit Class F2 (Permanent Formwork)
Bridge Deck Stringcourse Class U3

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Wingwall Stringcourse Class U3


Buried Substructure Class U1
Exposed Vertical surfaces:

Prestressed Beams Class F5


Bridge Deck Stringcourse Class F3
Buried substructure Class F1
Abutment above ground level Class F4
Wingwalls above ground level Class F4

Exposed wing walls and abutment faces to receive anti-graffiti coating (TBC)

3.9 Other Finishes


Abutment above ground level Brick or Precast facing
Wingwalls above ground level Brick or Precast facing

Waterproofing
Below ground concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with
Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.
The top of the bridge deck will be protected with bridge deck waterproofing in
accordance with Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.
All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD
43/03.

3.10 Risks and hazards considered


Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

3.11 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates
Estimated cost - £540,000
Brief description of other options
The options considered were:-

1. Single span composite steel-concrete deck (painted or weathering steel)

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

2. Single span insitu concrete deck

3. Abutments constructed using high modulus steel sheet piles

4. Jacked or slid box

5. Abutment construction within cofferdam with temporary Bailey Bridge

6. Construction in two walves using bored piles for abutments

Reasons for rejection

1. Viable alternative but economic design likely to result in a deeper


construction depth.

2. 23m span considered to be un-economic for insitu construction unless


slab is voided. Precast beams minimises temporary works and falsework.

3. Possible alternative depending on ground conditions

4. Top down construction is a more economic solution

5. Possible if road can be diverted

6. Significant traffic restrictions and extended construction period

Each of the options provides an appropriate technical solution. A single span


structure comprising M and UM pre-stressed concrete beams has the lowest
anticipated estimated capital and whole life cost (TBC) and is therefore the
proposed solution.

3.12 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.12.1 Traffic Management

A temporary diversion of the existing slip road will be constructed to the east
of the existing to allow for uninterrupted access to the bridge site

3.12.2 Services Diversions

Statutory Undertakers services (TBC) within the vicinity of the structure will be
diverted

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.12.3 Interface with existing structures

The existing M1 North Link viaduct wingwall is very close to the south corner
of west abutment of the proposed but the impact of this on construction will be
small.
By using reinforced soil for the retaining walls, the new bridge minimizes the
depth of excavations and consequently mitigates any instability of the existing
foundations

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Full HA loading in accordance with BD 37/01

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

45 units HB loading in accordance with BD 37/01

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Not applicable

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Abnormal Indivisible Loads. Refer to Appendix H.


The axle loads specified in Appendix H will be taken as the nominal loads. An
additional impact factor will not be applied.
The AIL vehicle will be applied in accordance with the provisions of BD37/01
clauses 6.3 and 6.4 with the AIL vehicle in place of the HB vehicle. In
accordance with BD37/01 clause 5.7.2, the partial load factor FL will be taken
as specified for HB loading.

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

The structure loading will be checked for Construction Vehicle Loading. Refer
to Appendix G.

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

The M1 North Link is a designated Heavy Load Route No.??? (TBC)


Category D. The structure does not cross a high load route.
There is no provision for future heavier loads or future widening.

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.3m

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by
Authority Special Conditions
Works (Y/N)
Transport for London TBC
Highways Agency TBC
London Borough of TBC
Barnet
British TBC
Telecommunications plc
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS


Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.3 Proposed Departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1


The following departures from standards are proposed and have been
submitted separately:
1 Use of Pavix as an alternative to Silane
2 Early application of waterproofing

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1
The following aspects not covered by standards are proposed and have been
submitted separately:

1 Implementation of Draft BD36 (June 2004)

2 Resin anchored reinforcement for structures

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations
Superstructure
The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
wind, concrete shrinkage will be analysed using a 3 Dimensional model in the
LUSAS or SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.
At the ends of the Precast ‘M’ and ‘UM’ beams, there will be hogging
moments due to the integral connection with the abutments which will result in
flexural cracking in the top of the prestressed members. The composite
sections at these locations will be designed as reinforced concrete members.
Crack widths in the insitu slab will be limited to the values of table 1 in BS
5400 part 4 and class 2 tensile stresses in the top of the prestressed beams.

Substructures
The wing walls will be designed by manual methods to carry the loads applied
by earth pressure and surcharge from the retained fill.

Foundations
The piles will be analysed using the P-Group or M-Pile computer programs.

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis


Refer to Appendix D.

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness


Gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance with BS5400
Part4:1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements
General properties for 6N/6P backfill materials:

Density = 20kN/m3 Min P = 30° Ka = 0.33 Ko = 0.50 Kp = 3.00


Max P = 45° Ka = 0.17 Ko = 0.29 Kp = 5.83

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes
The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)


Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure


A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of
is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations
A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the
Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category


Category 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.


Not Applicable

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.
Independent checking certification will be required for the following:

1 Temporary steel sheet piling for construction of abutment capping


beam and wingwalls whilst maintain stability of live carriageway.
2 If required, discrete horizontal propping detail to support abutment
prior to construction of ground beam slab.

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/401 &402

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKenna

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/401 February 2008


Issue 2
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A

TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS' November 2006

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

MISCELLANEOUS

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and
Clearances
Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006


Volume 1
Amendments)
Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including
Volume 2 November 2006 Amendments)
Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006
Volume 3
Amendments)
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated
otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]
BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating
Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov
2001]
BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982
Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1
BA 24/87
dated August 1989]
BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks
Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
BA 27/99
Coatings
BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally
Bonded Plates
BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening
Programme for Highway Structures.
BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets


Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing
BA 38/93
Bars
BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars


BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment
No.1 dated May 2003]
BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges
Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete
BA 43/94
Bridge Decks
BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and


BA 50/93
Methods for Carrying Out Special Inspections
BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion
BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali
Silica Reaction
BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment


BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations,
Retaining Walls and Buried Structures
BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 57/01 Design for durability


BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded
Prestressing
BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks


Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway
BA 83/02
Structures
BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for


Fatigue
BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater


than 0.9 Metres and up to 8.0 Metres
BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use
of BS 5400: Part1: 1988
BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]
BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated August 1989]
BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures.
BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
Coatings
BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of
issued) highway structures (September 2003).
BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and


Grouted Cavity type Construction
BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span
Bridges
BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges
BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and


Unbonded Prestressing
BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway


Structures [Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated
February 2003]
BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls


and Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating
Amendment No.1 (Issue 2 March 1999)
BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using


Fibre Reinforced Polymers
BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of
Special Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO)
Vehicles
BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed


Cameras
BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated


June 1971]
BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in
Highway Structures
BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and


Gantries with low handrails or open mesh flooring
IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment


IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the
Trunk Road Network in England
IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design
And Construction Of Structures Using Concrete
IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands


Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005,
IAN 70/06
BS 4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)
IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance
IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress
from the trunk road network in England
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The


operational use of SMIS
IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network


Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related
IAN 62/05
Inspections
IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality
For Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature
Conservation Sites And SSSIs
IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act
1991 - Diversionary Works
The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed
IAN 57/04 Rev 1
Roads
IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces
IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including
Thaumasite) - New Construction and Structures Under Construction
IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS


Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment
IAN 42/05
Criteria
IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models


IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works
IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records


IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures.
Use of BS 5400: Part 4:1990
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and
IAN 04/96
Structures
IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at


Cross-Road Junctions
TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads


TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and
Major/Minor Junctions
TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes
TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions
Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)
TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and


Trunk Road Motorways Amendment No.3
TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]


TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on
All Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads
TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway
Trunk Roads
TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working


TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on
Motorways and Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard
Shoulders
TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts


TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1
dated May 1999]
TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment


TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Amendment No.1
TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-
Purpose Roads
TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design


TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – General Information
TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Local Roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment


Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated
TD 9/93
February 2002]
TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and
Assessment of Trunk Road Schemes
TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts
TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic
Signals on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions


TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and
Maintenance of Road Lighting
TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads
Maintenance of Traffic Signals
TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-
purpose trunk roads
TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on
Motorways and All purpose Trunk Roads
TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads


TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway


TD 33/05
Trunk Roads
TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads
TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:
MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals
TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling


TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1
TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised
Roundabouts
TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at
Roundabouts
TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads
TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in
England and Wales
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details


Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage
HA 40/01
Works
HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers
HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway
Earthworks
HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating
Amendment No.1 dated April 1995]
HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook


HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by
Reinforced Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques
HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land


Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or
HA 74/00
both
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff


HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services:
Installation & Maintenance
HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit


HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways
HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk
HD 23/99 General Information
HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment
HD 25/94 Foundations
HD 26/06 Pavement design
HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods
HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance
HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4
HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure
HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads
Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998
HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads
HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction
(Incorporating Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)
HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1


HD 36/99
Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B:

STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


N

Proposed
new road
Proposed
structure

Reproduced from Ordnance Survey digital


map data Crown copyright 2006. All rights
reserved. Licence number 0100031673

Structure Location Map


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C:

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D:

DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E:

INDICATIVE FORM C
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
HIGHWAY STRUCTURE SUMMARY INFORMATION

STRUCTURE NAME: GRID REFERENCE: Reference/


Comments
STRUCTURE TYPE: AIP Ref No.:

Bridge DESIGN LIFE: 120 years


SOILS/GEOLOGY Holes contain
limited geotechnical
data
Strata Typical Depths

PREVIOUS GROUND HISTORY: Desk top study


Unknown required

CONTAMINATED GROUND RISK ASSESSMENT REQUIRED: Desk top study


No information is known about the site history and contaminated ground risk. required
Testing will be carried out during the design phase ground investigation.

GROUND WATER:
Highest recorded groundwater levels 1.0 to 1.5m

EARTH PRESSURE VALUE


o
Assuming Granular backfill (phi = 30 ) Ka = 0.33, Ko = 0.5, Kp -= 3.0

BEARING Spread Footings – Not suitable


CAPACITY
Structure Founding Founding Footing Allowable Bearing
Element Stratum Level Size Pressure
2
(m AOD) (kN/m )

PILE DESIGN

Structure Founding Toe Level Pile Pile Length Pile


Element Stratum (m AOD) Diameter (m) working
(mm) load (kN)
London TBC TBC TBC TBC Site Investigation
Clay required for pile
design

Pile Type: Assumed concrete bored and cast insitu


Criteria for selectingpile toe level: TBC
Allowance for negative skin friction: TBC

SETTLEMENT

Structure Founding Immediate Total Time Settlement


Element Level Settlement Settlement for remaining
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 North Link Underbridge

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

(m AOD) (mm) (mm) 90% at


completion

GROUND MOVEMENTS

Associated Settlement Heave due to Subsidence Flowing Other


Earthworks cutting due to Water
excavation Mineral
Extraction
Cause of
Movement
Maximum
Movement
(mm)
Measures to
deal with
movement
M1 Junction 1

Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

M1 South Slip Road


(River Brent)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/410

Issue 2

February 2008
M1 Junction 1

Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration


M1 South Slip Road
(River Brent)

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/410


Issue 2
February 2008
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January S Black C McKenna C McKenna
2007
2 A February C McKenna C McKenna C McKenna
2008

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 South Slip Road (River Brent)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/410

Title M1 South Slip Road (River Brent) - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
1 January 2007 First issue
2 February 2008 Office address
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure M1 South Slip Road (River Brent)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................6

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................9

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................10

7 CHECKING .......................................................................................................................10

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................12

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................13

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................14

APPENDIX A: TECHICAL APPRAISAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006) .....................15

APPENDIX B: STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP .....................................................................34

APPENDIX C: GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING.......................................................36

APPENDIX D: DIAGRAQM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE...................................................37

APPENDIX E: INDICATIVE FORM C .....................................................................................38

APPENDIX F: CDM QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT ...........ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT


DEFINED.

APPENDIX G: CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE LOADING................ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT


DEFINED.

APPENDIX H: ABNORMAL INDIVISIBLE LOADS .... ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway

Over structure: M1 South slip road.

Under structure: River Brent

1.2 Permitted traffic speed

Over Structure: 50 mph??(TBC)

Under Structure: N/A

1.3 Existing restrictions

Existing River Brent concrete trough and the existing M1 Slip Road Bridge

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed

The bridge carries the M1 South Slip Road over the River Brent.

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE

3.1 Description of structure

Single span fully integral concrete bridge that carries the widened M1
southbound slip over the River Brent.

The bridge has a paved width between kerbs of 13m (including 2 No. 1m hard
strips) and carries 3 lanes of traffic, namely for the A5 (S), A5 (N) and A406
(W). The north verge is 600mm wide and the south verge is 2500mm. The
overall width between the parapet stringcourses is 16.1m.

3.2 Structural type

A prestressed concrete fully integral M/UM type beam deck with an insitu
concrete deck slab supported on piled foundations.

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.3 Foundation type

The abutments will comprise of a single row of bored insitu piles joined
together by a concrete pile cap that forms the fully monolithic connection with
the deck.

The south facing slopes of the approach embankments to the bridge will be
supported by cantilever reinforced concrete wingwalls on spread footing. No
wingwalls are required along the north faces because the fill will be retained
by the existing wingwalls.

3.4 Span arrangements

Single clear square span of 12.87 between abutments. The bridge is skewed
to the River Brent at approximately 42.5º and has a clear skewed span of
approximately 17.5m.

3.5 Articulation arrangements

Fully-integral abutments.

Asphaltic plug joints will be provided at each end of the bridge to prevent
disruption of the carriageway surfacing.

The deck beams will be supported on the abutment capping beam and then
cast monolithic with the abutment.

3.6 Types of road restraint systems

Metal parapets 1.0m high with mesh infill in accordance with BS EN 1317
having performance class N2 (normal containment level) and working width
class not greater than W2.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

If required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to carry out


the relevant inspection and maintenance works. Underside inspections will be
carried out by boat and/or abseiling.

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.7.2 Access

Access will be achieved by boat or abseiling. Alternatively access to the


underside of the deck can also be achieved using lane closures and
underbridge units from the south carriageway No fixed access will be
provided.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions

Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant


sustainability issues are foreseen.

Proposed Materials:

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest 1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03 and
IAN 74/06.

Element Grade Exposure/DC¹ Class

Prestressed Beams C50/60 XD3


Deck top - XC3
Insitu slab C40/50
Deck soffit – XD1
Edge Parapets C40/50 XD3 & XF4

Sub structure walls C40/50 XD3 & XF4

Sub structure bases C32/40 XD2 & DC3**

Piles C32/40 XD2 & DC4**

Notation: DC¹ Design chemical class for the site (TBC)

ACEC class of the ground is …(TBC).

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Prestressing Strand

Prestressing strand will be stress relieved seven wire strand conforming to BS


5896:1980.

Concrete Finishes:

Exposed Horizontal surfaces:

Prestressed Beams Class F5


Top of Bridge Deck Class U4
Bridge Deck Soffit Class F2 (Permanent Formwork)
Bridge Deck Stringcourse Class U3
Wingwall Stringcourse Class U3
Buried Substructure Class U1

Exposed Vertical surfaces:

Prestressed Beams Class F5


Bridge Deck Stringcourse Class F3
Buried substructure Class F1
Abutment above ground level Class F4 (Sawn timber board profile)
Wingwalls above ground level Class F4 (Sawn timber board profile

Exposed wing walls and abutment faces to receive anti-graffiti coating (TBC)

Waterproofing

Below ground concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

The top of the bridge deck will be protected with bridge deck waterproofing in
accordance with Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.

All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD


43/03.

3.9 Risks and hazards considered

Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.10 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates

Brief description of options:

The options considered were:-


1. Single span composite steel-concrete deck (painted or weathering steel)
2. Single span type semi integral M beam prestressed concrete beams
3. Single span insitu concrete deck
4. Abutments constructed using high modulus steel sheet piles
5. Full height abutments supported on piled foundations

Reasons for rejection


1. Viable alternative but economic design likely to result in a deeper
construction depth.
2. Skew greater than 30o but short span of 17.5m permits design of fully
integral bridge.
3. 17.5m span considered to be un-economic for insitu construction unless
slab is voided. Precast beams minimises temporary works and falsework
over the River Brent
4. Possible disturbance of existing concrete trough. (may be possible when
ground conditions are known)
5. Single row of piles more appropriate for integral construction and reduces
depth of excavations alongside existing structures.

Each of the options provides an appropriate technical solution. A single span


structure comprising M and UM prestressed concrete beams has (likely to
have) the lowest estimated capital and whole life cost (TBC) and is therefore
the proposed solution.

3.11 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.11.1 Traffic Management

As construction is off-line from the existing M1 Slip Road no significant traffic


management is envisaged. Working areas will be provided adjacent to the
proposed structure to facilitate construction operations.

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

During the delivery and lifting of the bridge beams lane closures will be
required as space will be very restricted.

3.11.2 Services Diversions

The services fixed to the side of the southern elevation of the existing bridge
will need to be diverted on to the new bridge.

There are no other Statutory Undertakers services (TBC) within the vicinity of
the structure.

3.11.3 Interface with existing structures

There is an existing reinforced concrete bridge alongside the proposed new


structure and a reinforced concrete trough beneath that carries the River
Brent.

The new bridge will over span the existing concrete trough by approximately
1100mm on each side in order to minimize any additional loading on the walls
of the trough structure. The new bridge deck will be located so as to leave a
500mm gap between the stringcourses of the new and existing bridges.

The new bridge minimizes the depths for excavation and by using piled
foundations for the abutments, it should mitigate inducing any instability of the
existing foundations.

Structural and general embankment fill place to support the new M1 south link
against the existing open faces of the adjacent wingwalls will make them
structurally redundant, and consequently reducing any maintenance liability.

The soffit level of the new bridge will be at ??. (TBC with EA, can it be lower
than existing?)

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Full HA loading in accordance with BD 37/01

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

45 units HB loading in accordance with BD 37/01

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Not applicable

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

Abnormal Indivisible Loads. Refer to Appendix H.

The axle loads specified in Appendix H will be taken as the nominal loads. An
additional impact factor will not be applied.

The AIL vehicle will be applied in accordance with the provisions of BD37/01
clauses 6.3 and 6.4 with the AIL vehicle in place of the HB vehicle. In
accordance with BD37/01 clause 5.7.2, the partial load factor FL will be taken
as specified for HB loading.

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

The structure loading will be checked for Construction Vehicle Loading. Refer
to Appendix G.

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

The proposed M1 Slip Road is a designated Heavy Load Route No.?? (TBC)
Category D. The structure does not cross a high load route.

There is no provision for future heavier loads or future widening.

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

TBC minimum

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by
Authority Special Conditions
Works (Y/N)
Transport for London TBC
Highways Agency TBC
London Borough of TBC
Barnet
British TBC
Telecommunications plc
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS

Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1

The following departures from standards are proposed and have been
submitted separately:

1 Use of Pavix as an alternative to Silane

2 Early application of waterproofing

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1

The following aspects not covered by standards are proposed and have been
submitted separately:

1 Implementation of Draft BD36 (June 2004)

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

2 Resin anchored reinforcement for structures

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations

Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
wind, concrete shrinkage will be analysed using a 3 Dimensional model in the
LUSAS or SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.

At the ends of the Precast ‘M’ and ‘UM’ beams, there will be hogging
moments due to the integral connection with the abutments which will result in
flexural cracking in the top of the prestressed members. The composite
sections at these locations will be designed as reinforced concrete members.
Crack widths in the insitu slab will be limited to the values of table 1 in BS
5400 part 4 and class 2 tensile stresses in the top of the prestressed beams.

Substructures

The wing walls will be designed by manual methods to carry the loads applied
by earth pressure and surcharge from the retained fill.

Foundations

The piles will be analysed using the P-Group or M-Pile computer programs.

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis

Refer to Appendix D.

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness

Gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance with BS5400


Part4:1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements

General properties for 6N/6P backfill materials:

Density = 20kN/m3 Min O = 30° Ka = 0.33 Ko = 0.50 Kp = 3.00

Max O = 45° Ka = 0.17 Ko = 0.29 Kp = 5.83

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes

The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)

Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure

A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of


is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations

A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the


Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category

Category 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.

Not Applicable

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.

None Required

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/410&411

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKENNA

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
13
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/410 February 2008


Issue 2
14
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A:

TECHICAL APPRAISAL SCHEDULE ‘TAS’ (AUGUST 2006)


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A

TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS'

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification

MISCELLANEOUS
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads.

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and
Clearances
Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and safety at works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006


Volume 1
Amendments)
Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works (Including
Volume 2 November 2006 Amendments)
Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006
Volume 3
Amendments)

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated
otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]
BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating
Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov
2001]
BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982
Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1
BA 24/87
dated August 1989]
BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks
Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
BA 27/99
Coatings
BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally
Bonded Plates
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures.
BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets


Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing
BA 38/93
Bars
BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars


BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment
No.1 dated May 2003]
BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges
Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete
BA 43/94
Bridge Decks
BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks


BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and


BA 50/93
Methods for Carrying Out Special Inspections
BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion
BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali
Silica Reaction
BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment


BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations,
Retaining Walls and Buried Structures
BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 57/01 Design for durability


BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded
Prestressing
BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks


Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway
BA 83/02
Structures
BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for


Fatigue
BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater


than 0.9 Metres and up to 8.0 Metres
BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use
of BS 5400: Part1: 1988
BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]
BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated August 1989]
BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures.
BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
Coatings
BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of
issued) highway structures (September 2003).
BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and


Grouted Cavity type Construction
BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span
Bridges
BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges
BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and


Unbonded Prestressing
BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway


Structures [Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated
February 2003]
BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls


and Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating
Amendment No.1 (Issue 2 March 1999)
BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using


Fibre Reinforced Polymers
BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of
Special Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO)
Vehicles
BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed


Cameras
BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated


June 1971]
BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in
Highway Structures
BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and


Gantries with low handrails or open mesh flooring
IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment


IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the
Trunk Road Network in England
IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design
And Construction Of Structures Using Concrete
IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands


Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005,
IAN 70/06
BS 4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)
IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance
IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress
from the trunk road network in England
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The


operational use of SMIS
IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network


Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related
IAN 62/05
Inspections
IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality
For Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature
Conservation Sites And SSSIs
IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act
1991 - Diversionary Works
The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed
IAN 57/04 Rev 1
Roads
IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces
IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including
Thaumasite) - New Construction and Structures Under Construction
IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS


Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment
IAN 42/05
Criteria
IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models


IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works
IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records


IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures.
Use of BS 5400: Part 4:1990
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and
IAN 04/96
Structures
IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at


Cross-Road Junctions
TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads


TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and
Major/Minor Junctions
TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes
TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions
Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)
TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and


Trunk Road Motorways Amendment No.3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]


TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on
All Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads
TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway
Trunk Roads
TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working


TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on
Motorways and Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard
Shoulders
TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts


TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1
dated May 1999]
TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment


TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Amendment No.1

TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-
Purpose Roads
TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design


TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – General Information
TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Local Roads

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment


Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated
TD 9/93
February 2002]
TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and
Assessment of Trunk Road Schemes
TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts
TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic
Signals on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions


TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and
Maintenance of Road Lighting
TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads
Maintenance of Traffic Signals
TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-
purpose trunk roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on


Motorways and All purpose Trunk Roads
TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads


TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway


TD 33/05
Trunk Roads
TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads
TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:
MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals
TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling


TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1
TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised
Roundabouts
TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at
Roundabouts
TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads
TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in
England and Wales

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details


Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage
HA 40/01
Works
HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers
HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway
Earthworks
HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating
Amendment No.1 dated April 1995]
HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook


HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by
Reinforced Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques
HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land


Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or
HA 74/00
both
HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff


HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services:
Installation & Maintenance
HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit


HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways
HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk
HD 23/99 General Information
HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment
HD 25/94 Foundations
HD 26/06 Pavement design
HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods
HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance
HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4
HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure
HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads
Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998
HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads
HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction
(Incorporating Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)
HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1


HD 36/99
Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B:

STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


Proposed
new road
N

Proposed
structure

Reproduced from Ordnance Survey digital


map data Crown copyright 2006. All rights
reserved. Licence number 0100031673

Structure Location Map


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C:

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D:

DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E:

INDICATIVE FORM C
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

STRUCTURE NAME: GRID REFERENCE: Reference/


Comments
STRUCTURE TYPE: AIP Ref No.:

Bridge DESIGN LIFE: 120 years


SOILS/GEOLOGY
Strata Typical Depths

PREVIOUS GROUND HISTORY: Desk top study


Unknown required

CONTAMINATED GROUND RISK ASSESSMENT REQUIRED: Desk top study


No information is known about the site history and contaminated ground risk. required
Testing will be carried out during the design phase ground investigation.

GROUND WATER:
Highest recorded groundwater levels 1.0 to 1.5m

EARTH PRESSURE VALUE


o
Assuming Granular backfill (phi = 30 ) Ka = 0.33, Ko = 0.5, Kp -= 3.0

BEARING Spread Footings – Not suitable


CAPACITY
Structure Founding Founding Footing Allowable Bearing
Element Stratum Level Size Pressure
2
(m AOD) (kN/m )

PILE DESIGN

Structure Founding Toe Level Pile Pile Length Pile


Element Stratum (m AOD) Diameter (m) working
(mm) load (kN)
London TBC TBC TBC TBC Site Investigation
Clay required for pile
design

Pile Type: Assumed concrete bored and cast insitu


Criteria for selecting pile toe level: TBC
Allowance for negative skin friction: TBC

SETTLEMENT

Structure Founding Immediate Total Time Settlement


Element Level Settlement Settlement for remaining
(m AOD) (mm) (mm) 90% at
completion
Approval In Principle
Name of Project M1 Junction: Brent Cross and Cricklewood

Name of Structure M1 Slip Road (River Brent Crossing)

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

GROUND MOVEMENTS

Associated Settlement Heave due to Subsidence Flowing Other


Earthworks cutting due to Water
excavation Mineral
Extraction
Cause of
Movement
Maximum
Movement
(mm)
Measures to
deal with
movement
M1 Junction 1

Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A406 (E) Bridge Under M1 Link North

Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/420

Issue 2

February 2008
Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

A406 (E) Bridge Under M1 Link North


Structure Key 0000

Approval In Principle

Report No: D112186/AIP/420


Issue 2
February 2007
Issue No Current Date Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Status
1 A January S Black C McKenna C McKenna
2007
2 A February C McKenna C McKenna C McKenna
2008

Status Code Description


D Draft
P Preliminary
A Submitted for Review
C For Construction

Designer
Scott Wilson
Scott House
Alencon Link
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG21 7PP
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

SCHEDULE OF REVISIONS

Client Brent Cross Cricklewood (BXC) Development Partners

Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Report no D112186/AIP/420

Title A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North - Approval in Principle

Revisions Issued since Publication

Report Issue Revision Date Paragraphs amended


Number
1 January 2007 First issue
2 February 2008 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5,
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Contents

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS...........................................................................................................1

2 SITE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................1

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE.................................................................................................1

4 DESIGN CRITERIA.............................................................................................................6

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS.................................................................................................8

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................9

7 CHECKING .........................................................................................................................9

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .....................................................................................11

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE ........................................................12

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND


CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW.......................................................................................13

APPENDIX B:

STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP...............................................................................................33

APPENDIX C:...........................................................................................................................35

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING ................................................................................35

APPENDIX D:...........................................................................................................................36

DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE ...............................................................................36

APPENDIX E:...........................................................................................................................38

INDICATIVE FORM C ..............................................................................................................38


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway


Over structure: M1 North Link and A406 High Level Flyover
Under structure: A406 (East)

1.2 Permitted traffic speed


Over Structure: 50 mph (TBC)
Under Structure: 50 mph (TBC

1.3 Existing restrictions


The proposed structure sits between two existing features, namely the A406
High Flyover – avoiding the substructure foundations and the M1 link north
road formation, which will have minimal vertical clearance.

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles crossed


The proposed structure carries the proposed A406 (East) road under the
existing M1Link North road

See Structure Location Map in Appendix B.

3 PROPOSED STRUCUTRE

3.1 Description of structure


The proposed structure will carry the existing M1 link road over the proposed
M1 (Southbound) and A406 (Southbound) connector roads. It will be a single
span structure of concrete construction.

3.2 Structural type


The proposed bridge will be a closed form reinforced concrete portal structure
constructed from M - beams supported on reinforced concrete frames. The
structure will be fully integral. The embankments will be retained by
reinforced soil walls. The wingwalls, which splay out at approximately 45o, are
also formed from reinforced soil.

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
1
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

The wingwalls, which splay out at approximately 45o, are formed from insitu
contiguously bored piles.

3.3 Foundation type


Spread footings.

The embankments on the approach to the bridge will be retained by


reinforced soil wingwalls.

3.4 Span arrangements


Single clear square span of 12.8m. The bridge is skewed to the M1 link North
at approximately 15º and to the A406 Flyover at approximately 34o.

3.5 Articulation arrangements


Fully-integral abutments.

Asphaltic plug joints will be provided at each end of the bridge to prevent
disruption of the carriageway surfacing.

The deck beams will be supported on the abutment capping beam and then
cast monolithic with the abutment.

3.6 Types of road restraint systems


Metal parapets 1.0m high with mesh infill in accordance with BS EN 1317
having performance class N2 (normal containment level) and working width
class not greater than W2.

3.7 Proposed arrangements for Maintenance and Inspection

3.7.1 Traffic management

If required, specially arranged lane closures will be implemented to carry out


the relevant inspection and maintenance works. Underside inspections will be
carried out by mobile hoist during lane closures

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
2
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.7.2 Access

Access will be achieved on foot and/or with mobile hoist. No fixed access will
be provided.

3.8 Sustainability issues considered. Materials and finishes assumed and


basis of assumptions
Conventional construction materials are proposed and therefore no significant
sustainability issues are foreseen.

Proposed Materials:

Concrete

Concrete shall be in accordance with Series 1700 of the Specification for


Highway Works, BRE Special Digest 1 Second Edition 2003, IAN 48/03 and
IAN 74/06.

Element Grade Exposure/DC¹ Class

Insitu slab C40/50 XD3 & XF4

Edge Parapets C40/50 XD3 & XF4

Piles C32/40 XD2 & DC4**

Notation: DC¹ Design chemical class for the site (TBC)


ACEC class of the ground is ….(TBC)

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to be Grade B500B or B500C complying with BS 4449:2005


and IAN 70/06.

Concrete Finishes:

Exposed Horizontal surfaces:


Prestressed Beams Class F5
Top of Bridge Deck Class U4
Bridge Deck Soffit Class F2 (Permanent Formwork)
Bridge Deck Stringcourse Class U3
Wingwall Stringcourse Class U3

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
3
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Buried Substructure Class U1


Exposed Vertical surfaces:

Prestressed Beams Class F5


Bridge Deck Stringcourse Class F3
Buried substructure Class F1
Abutment above ground level Class F4
Wingwalls above ground level Class F4

Buried substructure Class F1

Exposed wing walls and abutment faces to receive anti-graffiti coating (TBC)

3.9 Other Finishes

Wingwalls above ground level Brick or Precast facing

Waterproofing

Below ground concrete surfaces will be waterproofed in accordance with


Series 2000 of the Specification for Highway Works.
The roof slab will be constructed with an additional 100mm of concrete cover
to act as a sacrificial layer.
All exposed concrete surfaces will be impregnated in accordance with BD
43/03.

3.10 Risks and hazards considered


Refer to the Design Risk Assessment. A copy is included in Appendix F.

3.11 Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other structural


forms considered, including where appropriate proprietary
manufactured structure, and the reasons for their rejection including
comparative whole life costs with dates of estimates
Estimated cost - £1,350,000

Brief description of other options

The options considered were:-

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
4
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1. Fully integral concrete bridge with bored insitupiled abutments and insitu
concrete deck. Bridge will be constructed in two halves in order to
maintain single lane working on M1 link. Top down construction is
envisaged.

2. Concrete box structure slid into place during weekend closure of M1 north
link road.

3. Abutments are formed inside precast concrete box units thrust through
the embankment; with the integral insitu concrete deck constructed in two
halves to maintain single lane traffic on M1 link.

4. Jacked box through embankment

Reasons for rejection

1. The limited headroom under the A406 high flyover prevents deep piling
and subsequent craneage for beam lifting activeties.

2. Difficulty in installing sheet piled cofferdam under A406. Open cut unlikely
to be feasible because of location of A406 flyover piled foundations.

3. More disruptive to traffic on M1 link and likely to be similar cost to jacked


box option.

4. Expensive.

3.12 Proposed arrangements for construction

3.12.1 Traffic Management

A temporary diversion of the existing slip road will be constructed to the east
of the existing to allow for uninterrupted access to the bridge site

3.12.2 Services Diversions

Statutory Undertakers services (TBC) within the vicinity of the structure will be
diverted

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
5
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

3.12.3 Interface with existing structures

Substructure foundations to the existing A406 High Flyover are close to the
proposed bridge. The use of reinforced soil for wingwalls will minimise
excavation that might destabilise these,

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Live loading, Headroom

4.1.1 Loading relating to normal traffic under AW regulations and C&U


regulations

Full HA loading in accordance with BD 37/01

4.1.2 Loading relating to General Order traffic under STGO regulations

45 units HB loading in accordance with BD 37/01

4.1.3 Footway or footbridge live loading

Not applicable

4.1.4 Loading relating to Special Order Traffic, provision for exceptional


abnormal indivisible loads including location of vehicle track on deck
cross section

(TBC)

4.1.5 Any special loading not covered above

The structure loading will be checked for Construction Vehicle Loading. Refer
to Appendix G.

4.1.6 Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements being made to
preserve the route, including any provision for future heavier loads or
future widening

(TBC).

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
6
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

4.1.7 Minimum headroom provided

5.3m

4.1.8 Authorities consulted and any special conditions required

Services Affected by
Authority Special Conditions
Works (Y/N)
Transport for London TBC
Highways Agency TBC
London Borough of TBC
Barnet
British TBC
Telecommunications plc
Transco TBC
EA TBC
?? Water TBC

4.2 List of relevant documents from the TAS


Refer to Appendix A.

4.2.1 Additional relevant standards

Refer to Appendix A.

4.3 Proposed Departures from Standards given in 4.2 and 4.2.1


The following departures from standards are proposed and have been
submitted separately:
1 Use of Pavix as an alternative to Silane

4.4 Proposed methods for dealing with aspects not covered by Standards in
4.2 and 4.2.1
The following aspects not covered by standards are proposed and have been
submitted separately:

1 Implementation of Draft BD36 (June 2004)

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
7
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

2 Resin anchored reinforcement for structures

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure, substructure and


foundations
Superstructure

The effects of dead and superimposed dead loads, live loads, temperature,
wind, concrete shrinkage will be analysed using a 3 Dimensional model in the
LUSAS or SAM-LEAP5 computer programs.
At the ends of the Precast ‘M’ and ‘UM’ beams, there will be hogging
moments due to the integral connection with the abutments which will result in
flexural cracking in the top of the prestressed members. The composite
sections at these locations will be designed as reinforced concrete members.
Crack widths in the insitu slab will be limited to the values of table 1 in BS
5400 part 4 and class 2 tensile stresses in the top of the prestressed beams.

Substructures

The wing walls will be designed by manual methods to carry the loads applied
by earth pressure and surcharge from the retained fill.

Foundations

The piles will be analysed using the P-Group or M-Pile computer programs.

5.2 Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used for analysis


Refer to Appendix D.

5.3 Assumptions intended for calculation of structural element stiffness


Gross uncracked sections will be used in accordance with BS5400
Part4:1990 Clause 4.4.2.1.

5.4 Proposed earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko or Kp) to be used in the


design of earth retaining elements
General properties for 6N/6P backfill materials:

Density = 20kN/m3 Min P = 30° Ka = 0.33 Ko = 0.50 Kp = 3.00

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
8
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Max P = 45° Ka = 0.17 Ko = 0.29 Kp = 5.83

6 GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of recommendations of the Section 8 of the Geotechnical


Report to be used in the design and reasons for any proposed changes
The Geotechnical Report is not yet available.

6.2 Geotechnical Report Highway Structure Summary Information (Form C)


Refer to Appendix E.

6.3 Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of the structure


A maximum anticipated differential settlement of 10mm between abutments of
is allowed for in the design.

6.4 If Geotechnical Report is not yet available, state when the results are
expected and list the sources of information used to justify the
preliminary choice of foundations
A ground investigation is planned to commence in ??. It is expected that the
Geotechnical Report will be available in the ??.

7 CHECKING

7.1 Proposed Category


Category 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker.


Not applicable

7.3 Erection proposals or temporary works for which an independent check


will be required, listing parts of the structure affected with reasons for
recommending an independent check.
Independent checking certification will be required for the following:

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
9
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

1 Temporary steel sheet piling cofferdam for construction of box


structure “off – line”

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
10
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

8 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings (including numbers) and documents accompanying the


submission.

Appendix A List of relevant documents (Technical Approval Schedule


(TAS)). Refer to Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1.

Appendix B Structure Location Map

Appendix C General Arrangement Drawing: D112186/AIP/420

Appendix D Diagram of Idealised Structure

Appendix E Indicative Form C

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
11
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

9 THE ABOVE IS SUBMITTED FOR ACCEPTANCE

Signed

Name C J McKENNA

Design Team Leader

Engineering Qualifications CEng, MICE

Name of Organisation SCOTT WILSON LTD

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
12
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

10 THE ABOVE IS REJECTED/AGREED SUBJECT TO THE AMENDMENTS


AND CONDITIONS SHOWN BELOW

Signed

Name

Position Held

Engineering Qualifications

TAA

Date

Report No D112186/AIP/420 November 2006


Draft 1
13
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX A

TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE `TAS' November 2006

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO DESIGN OR ASSESSMENT


OF HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND STRUCTURES.

BS 5268 Part 2: 2002 Part 2 - Structural Use of Timber

BS 5400 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges

Part 1 : 1988 General Statement (see BD 15 (DMRB 1.3.2))

Specification for Loads (as implemented by BD37


Part 2 : 2006
(DMRB 1.3))

Part 3: 2000 CP for Design of Steel Bridges (see BD 13 (DMRB 1.3))

CP for Design of Concrete Bridges (see BD 24 (DMRB


Part 4 : 1990
1.3.1))

Part 5: 1979 CP for Design of Composite Bridges (see BD 16 (DMRB 1.3))

Part 9: 1983 Bridge Bearings (see BD 20 (DMRB 2.3.1))

Part 10: 1980 CP for Fatigue (see BD 9 (DMRB 1.3))

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992 Structural Use of Unreinforced Masonry

BS 5930 1999 Site Investigations

BS 6031 1981 Earthworks

BS 7818 1995 Specification for Pedestrian Restraint Systems in Metal

BS 8002 1994 Earth Retaining Structures

BS 8004 1986 Foundations


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Code of Practice for Strengthened / Reinforced Soils and


BS 8006 1995
Other Fills

BS 8118 1991 The Structural Use of Aluminium

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1


BS 8500 Part 1: 2002 – Method of Specifying and Guidance for the Specifier.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-2


BS 8500 Part 2: 2002 – Specification for the Constituents, Materials and Concrete.
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of steel


BS 8666 2005
reinforcement for concrete - Specification

Specification for Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural


BS EN 10025 - 1993
Steels - Technical Delivery Conditions

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete – Weldable


BS EN 10080 - 2005
reinforcement steel - General

BS EN 10113 – 1993 – Pts. 1, 2


Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steels
and 3

Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion


BS EN 10155 - 1995
Resistance

Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of Non-alloy and


BS EN 10210 – 1994 – Pt. 1
Fine Grained Structural Steels

BS EN 10005 - 1995 Quality Management – Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN 1317-1-1998 Road
Terminology and General Criteria for Test Methods
Restraints Systems – Part 1

BS EN 1317-2-1998 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 2 Test Methods for Safety Barriers

BS EN 1317-3-2000 Road Performance Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and


Restraints Systems – Part 3 Test Methods for Crash Cushions

BS EN 1317-4-2002 Road
Terminals and Transitions
Restraints Systems – Part 4

BS EN 14388 - 2005 Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Specification


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

MISCELLANEOUS

Circular Roads No 61/72 - Routes for Heavy and High Abnormal Loads. (TBC)

Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RC5510: Recommendations for the Design of
Bridges (2000)
Railway Group Approved Code of Practice GC/RT5204: Structure Gauging and
Clearances
Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines (1986). Published by TSO

Traffic Management Act 2004

Health and Safety at Works etc. Act 1974

British Standard Code of Practice - CP 2 (Earth retaining structures)

THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Specification for Highway Works (Including November 2006


Volume 1
Amendments)

Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works


Volume 2
(Including November 2006 Amendments)
Highway Construction Details (Including November 2006
Volume 3
Amendments)
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (DMRB)

List compliant to Highways Agency DMRB dated May 2006 unless stated
otherwise

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (BA Series)

BA 9/81 The use of BS 5400 Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for Fatigue.
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated November 1983]
BA 16/97 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures. [Incorporating
Amendment No. 1 dated Nov 1997 and Amendment No. 2 dated Nov
2001]
BA 19/85 The Use of BS 5400:Part 3:1982
Early Thermal Cracking of concrete. [Incorporating Amendment No.1
BA 24/87
dated August 1989]
BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for use in Highway Bridge Decks
Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
BA 27/99
Coatings
BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BA 30/94 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures using Externally
Bonded Plates
BA 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening
Programme for Highway Structures.
BA 35/90 Inspection and Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BA 36/90 The Use of Permanent Formwork

BA 37/92 Priority Ranking of Existing Parapets


Assessment of the Fatigue Life of Corroded or Damaged Reinforcing
BA 38/93
Bars
BA 39/93 Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Half-Joints

BA 40/93 Tack Welding of Reinforcing Bars


BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges [Incorporating Amendment
No.1 dated May 2003]
BA 42/96 The Design of Integral Bridges
Strengthening, Repair and Monitoring of Post-tensioned Concrete
BA 43/94
Bridge Decks
BA 44/96 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BA 48/93 Pedestrian Protection at Headwalls, Wing Walls and Retaining Walls

Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges, Planning, Organisation and


BA 50/93
Methods for Carrying Out Special Inspections
BA 51/95 The Assessment of Concrete Structures Affected by Steel Corrosion
BA 52/94 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Structures Affected by Alkali
Silica Reaction
BA 53/94 Bracing Systems and the Use of U-Frames in Steel Highway Bridges

BA 54/94 Load Testing for Bridge Assessment


BA 55/06 The Assessment of Bridge Substructures and Foundations,
Retaining Walls and Buried Structures
BA 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 57/01 Design for durability


BA 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External Unbonded
Prestressing
BA 59/94 Design of Highway Bridges for Hydraulic Action.

BA 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BA 67/96 Enclosure of Bridges

BA 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BA 72/03 Maintenance of Road Tunnels

BA 74/06 Assessment of Scour at Highways Bridges

BA 80/99 Use of Rock Bolts

BA 82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks


Cathodic Protection for Use in Reinforced Concrete Highway
BA 83/02
Structures
BA 84/02 Use of Stainless Steel Reinforcement in Highway Structures

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures & Ancillary Structures

BA 86/06 Advice Notes on the Non-Destructive Testing of Highway Structures

BA 87/04 Management of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures

BA 88/04 Management of Buried Concrete Box Structures


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Standards (BD Series)

BD 2/05 Technical Approval of Highway Structures

BD 7/01 Weathering Steel for Highway Structures

BD 9/81 Implementation of BS 5400: Part 10:1980. Code of Practice for


Fatigue
BD 10/97 Design of Highway Structures in Areas of Mining Subsidence

BD 12/01 Design of Corrugated Steel Buried Structures with Spans Greater


than 0.9 Metres and up to 8.0 Metres
BD 13/06 Design of Steel Bridges. Use of BS 5400: Part 3:2000

BD 15/92 General Principles for the Design and Construction of Bridges. Use
of BS 5400: Part1: 1988
BD 16/82 Design Of Composite Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 5:1979
[Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated August 1987]
BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BD 5400:Part 9:1983

BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures.

BD 24/92 Design of Concrete Bridges. Use of BS 5400:Part 4:1990

BD 26/04 Design of Lighting Columns

BD 27/86 Materials for the Repair of Concrete Highway Structures

BD 28/87 Early Thermal Cracking of Concrete. [Incorporating Amendment


No.1 dated August 1989]
BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges

BD 30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 31/01 The Design of Buried Concrete Box and Portal Frame Structure

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks

BD 34/90 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures.
BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar Protective
Coatings
BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing Alternative Designs
for Highway Structures
BD 36/** (Not yet Application of whole life costs for design and maintenance of
issued) highway structures (September 2003).
BD 37/01 Loads for Highway Bridges
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 41/97 Reinforced Clay Brickwork Retaining Walls of Pocket Type and


Grouted Cavity type Construction
BD 42/00 Design of Embedded Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Highway


Structures using Hydrophobic Pore-Lining Impregnants
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures

BD 46/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 2-Modern Short Span
Bridges
BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks

BD 48/93 The Assessment and Strengthening of Highway Bridge Supports

BD 49/01 Design Rules for Aerodynamic Effects on Bridges

BD 50/92 Technical Requirements for the Assessment and Strengthening


Programme for Highway Structures. Stage 3 – Long Span Bridges
BD 51/98 Design Criteria for Portal and Cantilever Sign/Signal Gantries

BD 52/93 The Design of Highway Bridge Parapets

BD 53/95 Inspection & Records for Road Tunnels.

BD 54/93 Post-tensioned Concrete Bridges Prioritisation of Special Inspections

BD 56/96 The Assessment of Steel Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 57/01 Design for Durability

BD 58/94 Design of Bridges and Concrete Structures with External and


Unbonded Prestressing
BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision Loads

BD 61/96 The Assessment of Composite Highway Bridges and Structures

BD 62/94 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for Highway


Structures [Incorporating Amendment No.1 to Appendix D dated
February 2003]
BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

BD 65/97 Design Criteria for Collision Protection Beams

BD 67/96 Enclosures of Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

BD 68/97 Crib Retaining Walls

BD 70/03 Strengthened/Reinforced Soils and Other Fills for Retaining Walls


and Bridge Abutments, (Use of B58006: 1995), incorporating
Amendment No.1 (Issue 2 March 1999)
BD 74/00 Foundations

BD 78/99 Design of Road Tunnels

BD 79/06 The Management of Sub-Standard Highway Structures

BD 81/02 Use of Compressive Membrane Action in Bridge Decks

BD 82/00 Design of Buried Rigid Pipes

BD 83/01 Design of CCTV Masts

BD 84/02 Strengthening of Concrete Bridge Supports for Vehicle Impact Using


Fibre Reinforced Polymers
BD 86/04 The Assessment of Highway Bridges & Structures for The Effects of
Special Types General Order (STGO) and Special Order (SO)
Vehicles
BD 87/05 Maintenance Painting of Steelwork

BD 88/05 Design of Cantilever Masts for Traffic Signals and/or Speed


Cameras
BD 89/03 The Conservation of Highway Structures

BD 90/05 Design of FRP Bridges and Highway Structures

BD 91/04 Unreinforced Masonry Arch Bridges


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Bridges and Structures, Technical Memoranda (BE Series)

BE 13 Fatigue Risk in Bailey Bridges

BE 23 Shear Key Decks [Incorporating Amendment No. 1 to Annex dated


June 1971]
BE 5/75 Rules for the Design and Use of Freyssinet Concrete Hinges in
Highway Structures
BE 7/04 Departmental Standard (Interim) Motorway Sign/Signal Gantries

Interim Advice Notes

The requirements of the following Interim Advice Notes are not included in the DMRB but are
listed as requested by BD 2/05, Annex B

IAN 83/06 Principal and General Inspection of Sign/Signal Gantries, and


Gantries with low handrails or open mesh flooring
IAN 82/06 Reporting

IAN 81/06 Management of Environmental Effects

IAN 80/06 Scoping

IAN 79/06 Screening

IAN 78/06 Environmental Assessments

IAN 77/06 Introduction

IAN 76/06 Aims & Objectives of Environmental Assessment


IAN 75/06 Code of Practice for Emergency Access to and Egress from the
Trunk Road Network in England
IAN 74/06 Revised Guidance Regarding The Use Of BS8500 For The Design
And Construction Of Structures Using Concrete
IAN 73/06 Design of Pavement Foundations

IAN 72/06 Interim Advice On The Upgrading Of Existing Parapets

IAN 71/06 Marker Posts On Lay-By Segregation Islands


Implementation Of New Reinforcement Standards (BS 4449:2005,
IAN 70/06
BS 4482:2005, BS 4483:2005 and BS 8666:2005)
IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance
IAN 68/05 Infrastructure changes to improve emergency access to and egress
from the trunk road network in England
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 67/05 SMIS Structures Management Information System (SMIS) - The


operational use of SMIS
IAN 66/05 Advice Regarding The Assessment Of Sites For Ramp Metering

IAN 65/05 Design Of Vehicle Recovery Operations At Road Works

IAN 64/05 Driver Information At Road Works

IAN 63/05 Asbestos Management Applicable To The Strategic Road Network


Management Of Highway Structures Handover And Related
IAN 62/05
Inspections
IAN 61/05 Guidance For Undertaking Environmental Assessment Of Air Quality
For Sensitive Ecosystems In Internationally Designated Nature
Conservation Sites And SSSIs
IAN 59/04 Replacement Of SA 10/01, The New Roads And Highway Works Act
1991 - Diversionary Works
The Use Of Temporary Speed Limits At Road Works On High Speed
IAN 57/04 Rev 1
Roads
IAN 56/04 Maintenance Of Traffic Signs With Dew Resistant Coatings

IAN 54/04 Revision to "GOMMMS" Local Air Quality Assessment Procedure

IAN 53/04 Concrete Half-Joint Deck Structures

IAN 51/03 Hinge Deck Structures

IAN 49/03 Use of Warning Signs For New Asphalt Road Surfaces
IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise The Risk of Sulphate Attack (Including
Thaumasite) - New Construction and Structures Under Construction
IAN 47/02 Post Tensioned Grouted Duct Concrete Bridges

IAN 43/02 Cantilever and Portal Gantry VMS


Traffic-Speed Condition Surveys (TRACS): Revised Assessment
IAN 42/05
Criteria
IAN 41/02 European Cement Standards

IAN 39/01 Post Opening Project Appraisal (POPE)

IAN 36/01 The Use and Application of Micro-Simulation Traffic Models


IAN 30/00 Advice Manual for the New Roads & Street Works Act 1991 -
Diversionary Works
IAN 29/00 HD 26 - Indeterminate Life Flexible Pavements

IAN 28/00 Highway Features - Trunk Road Calming


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

IAN 27/99 Motorway Signalling

IAN 09/97 Linear Drainage Channel Systems

IAN 08/96 BA 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 07/96 BD 63/94 Inspection of Highway Structures

IAN 06/96 BD 62/94 As Built, Operative and Maintenance Records


IAN 05/96 BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and Structures.
Use of BS 5400: Part 4:1990
BD 44/95 The Assessment of Concrete Highway Bridges and
IAN 04/96
Structures
IAN 03/96 BA 50/93 Post Tensioned Concrete Bridges

IAN 02/95 The Non-Technical Summary

IAN 01/95 TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Advice Notes (TA Series)

TA 8/80 Carriageway Markings: Markings for Right Turning Movements at


Cross-Road Junctions
TA 11/81 Traffic Surveys by Roadside Interview

TA 12/81 Traffic Signals on High Speed Roads

TA 15/81 Pedestrian Facilities at Traffic Signal Installations

TA 16/81 General Principles for Control by Traffic Signals

TA 19/81 Reflectorisation of Traffic Signs

TA 22/81 Vehicle Speed Measurement on All-Purpose Roads


TA 23/81 Junctions and Accesses: Determination of Size of Roundabouts and
Major/Minor Junctions
TA 30/82 Choice Between Options for Trunk Road Schemes
TA 44/92 Capacities, Queues, Delays and Accidents at Road Junctions
Computer Programs ARCADY/3 and PICADY/3 (TRRL)
TA 45/85 Treatment of Gaps in Central Reserve Fences

TA 46/97 Traffic Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Road.

TA 49/86 Appraisal of New and Replacement Lighting on Trunk Roads and


Trunk Road Motorways Amendment No.3
TA 56/87 Hazardous Cattle Crossings: Use of Flashing Amber Lamps

TA 57/87 Roadside Features [Chapter 2 superseded by TA 69/96]


TA 58/92 Traffic Signs and Road Markings for Lane Gains and Lane Drops on
All Purpose Dual Carriageway and Motorway Trunk Roads
TA 60/90 The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway
Trunk Roads
TA 61/94 Currency of the Traffic Signs Manual

TA 63/97 Convoy Working


TA 64/94 Narrow Lanes and Tidal Flow Operations at Roadworks on
Motorways and Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads with Full Width Hard
Shoulders
TA 66/95 Police Observation Platforms on Motorways

TA 68/96 The Assessment and Design of Pedestrian Crossings

TA 69/96 The Location and Layout of Lay-bys


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TA 70/97 Motorways: Introduction

TA 71/97 Motorways: Overview

TA 72/97 National Motorway Communication Systems (NMCS)

TA 73/97 Motorway Emergency Telephones

TA 74/05 Motorway Signalling

TA 75/97 Motorway Transmission Design

TA 76/97 Motorway Control Offices

TA 77/97 Motorways

TA 78/97 Design of Road Markings at Roundabouts


TA 79/99 Traffic Capacity of Urban Roads [Incorporating Amendment No.1
dated May 1999]
TA 80/99 Surface Drainage of Wide Carriageways

TA 81/99 Coloured Surfacing in Road Layout (Excluding Traffic Claming)

TA 82/99 The Installation of Traffic Signals and Associated Equipment


TA 83/05 Guide to the Use of Variable Message Signs for Strategic Traffic
Management on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
Amendment No.1
TA 84/06 Code of Practice for Traffic Control & Information systems for All-
Purpose Roads
TA 85/01 Guidance on Minor Improvements to Exiting Roads

TA 86/03 Layout of Large Signal Controlled Junctions.

TA 87/04 Trunk Road Traffic Calming

TA 89/05 Use of Passively Safe Signposts to BS EN 12767:2000

TA 90/05 The Geometric Design of Pedestrian, Cycle and Equestrian Routes

TA 91/05 Provision for Non-Motorised Users

TA 92/03 Crossover and Changeover Design


TA 93/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – General Information
TA 94/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Local Roads
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 7/80 Type Approval of Traffic Control Equipment


Highway Link Design [Incorporating Amendment No.1 dated
TD 9/93
February 2002]
TD 11/82 Use of Certain Departmental Standards in the Design and
Assessment of Trunk Road Schemes
TD 16/93 Geometric Design of Roundabouts
TD 17/85 Criteria for the Provision of Closed Circuit. Television on Motorways

TD 18/85 Criteria for the Use of Gantries for Traffic Signs and Matrix Traffic
Signals on Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways
TD 19/06 Requirement for Road Restraint Systems

TD 22/06 Layout of Grade Separated Junctions


TD 23/99 Trunk Roads and Trunk Road Motorways Inspection and
Maintenance of Road Lighting
TD 24/97 All Purpose Trunk Roads
Maintenance of Traffic Signals
TD 25/01 Inspection and maintenance of traffic signs on motorway and all-
purpose trunk roads
TD 26/05 Inspection & Maintenance of Road Markings & Road Studs on
Motorways and All purpose Trunk Roads
TD 27/05 Cross Sections and Headrooms

TD 30/87 Design of Road Lighting for All Purpose Trunk Roads


TD 32/93 Wire Rope Safety Fence

The Use of Variable Message Signs on All Purpose and Motorway


TD 33/05
Trunk Roads
TD 34/91 Design of Road Lighting for Motorway Trunk Roads
TD 35/91 All Purpose Trunk Roads:
MOVA System of Traffic Control at Signals
TD 36/93 Subways for Pedestrians and Pedal Cyclists. Layout and Dimensions

TD 37/93 Scheme Assessment Reporting

TD 39/94 The Design of Major Interchanges

TD 40/94 Layout of Compact Grade Separated Junctions


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

TD 41/95 Vehicular Access to All Purpose Trunk Roads

TD 42/95 Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions

TD 45/94 Automatic Signalling (MIDAS)

TD 46/94 Motorway Signalling


TD 49/03 The Mobile Lane Closure Technique for use on Motorways and other
Dual Carriageway Trunk Roads
Amendment No.1
TD 50/04 The Geometric Layout of Signal-Controlled Junctions and Signalised
Roundabouts
TD 51/03 Segregated Left Turn Lanes and Subsidiary Deflection Islands at
Roundabouts
TD 52/04 Traffic Signs to Tourist Attractions and Facilities in England:
Guidance for Tourist Signing – Trunk Roads
TD 53/05 Traffic Signs to Retail Destinations and Exhibition Centres in
England and Wales
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Highways, Advice Notes (HA Series)

HA 12/81 Management of Contractual Claims

HA 13/81 The Planting of Trees & Shrubs

HA 19/82 Engineer/Contractor Relationship on Trunk Road Contracts

HA 37/97 Hydraulic Design of Road Edge Surface Water Channels

HA 39/98 Edge of Pavement Details


Determination of Pipe and Bedding Combinations for Drainage
HA 40/01
Works
HA 41/90 A Permeameter for Road Drainage Layers
HA 43/91 Geotechnical Considerations and Techniques for Widening Highway
Earthworks
HA 44/91 Design and Preparation of Contract Documents [Incorporating
Amendment No.1 dated April 1995]
HA 55/92 Landform and Alignment

HA 56/92 Planting, Vegetation and Soils

HA 57/92 Integration with Rural Landscapes

HA 58/92 New Roads: The Road Corridor. Incorp Amendment No. 1 Feb 1997

HA 59/92 Mitigating effects on badgers

HA 60/92 New Roads Heritage

HA 63/92 Improving Existing Roads Improvement techniques

HA 65/94 Design Guide for Environmental Barriers

HA 66/95 Environmental Barriers: Technical Requirements

HA 67/93 The Wildflower Handbook


HA 68/94 Design Methods for the Reinforcement of Highway Slopes by
Reinforced Soil and Soil Nailing Techniques
HA 70/94 Construction of Highway Earthworks

HA 71/06 The Effects on Flooding of Highway Construction On Flood Plains

HA 73/95 Site Investigation for Highway Works on Contaminated Land


Treatment of fill and capping materials using either lime or cement or
HA 74/00
both
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 75/01 Trunk Roads and Archaeological Mitigation

HA 78/96 Design of Outfalls for Surface Water Channels

HA 79/97 Edge of Pavement Details for Porous Asphalt Surface Courses

HA 80/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Bats

HA 81/99 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Otters

HA 83/99 Safety Aspects of Road Edge Drainage Features

HA 84/01 (1) Nature Conservation & Biodiversity

HA 85/01 Road improvement within Limited Land Take

HA 86/01 Principles & Guidance

HA 87/01 Environmental Functions

HA 88/01 Landscape Elements

HA 89/01 Environmental Elements

HA 90/01 Planning & Policy features

HA 91/01 Environmental database system

HA 92/01 Scheme development implementation & management

HA 93/01 Contract performance requirements

HA 94/01 Glossary of terms

HA 97/01 Nature conservation management Advice in relation to Dormice

HA 98/01 Nature conservation management Advice in Relation to Amphibians

HA 99/01 Policy and guidance

HA 102/00 Spacing of Road Gullies

HA 103/06 Vegetative Treatment Systems for Highway Runoff


HA 104/02 Chamber Tops & Gully Tops for Road Drainage & Services:
Installation & Maintenance
HA 105/04 Sumpless Gullies
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

HA 106/04 Drainage of Runoff from Natural Catchments

HA 107/04 Design of Outfall and Culvert Details

HA 108/04 The Landscape Management Handbook

HA 113/05 Combined Channel and Pipe System for Surface Water Drainage.

HA 115/05 The Establishment of An Herbaceous Layer In Roadside Woodland.

HA 116/05 Nature Conservation Advice in Relation to Reptiles and Toads.

HA 118/06 Design of Soakaways

HA 119/06 Grassed Surface Water Channels for Highway Runoff

HA 216/06 Road Drainage and the Water Environment


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Highways Standards (HD Series)

HD 19/03 Road Safety Audit


HD 20/05 Loop Detectors for Motorways
HD 22/02 Managing Geotechnical Risk
HD 23/99 General Information
HD 24/06 Traffic Assessment
HD 25/94 Foundations
HD 26/06 Pavement design
HD 27/04 Pavement Construction methods
HD 28/04 Skidding Resistance
HD 29/94 Structural Assessment Methods Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 2, 3 and 4
HD 30/99 Maintenance Assessment Procedure
HD 31/94 Maintenance of Bituminous Roads
Amendment No. 1 Mar 1995
Amendment No. 2 Feb 1998
HD 32/94 Maintenance of Concrete Roads
HD 33/06 Surface and Sub-surface Drainage Systems for Highways

Implementation and Use of the Standards Improvement System

Conservation and the use of secondary and recycled Materials


Surfacing Materials for New and Maintenance Construction
(Incorporating Amendment No 1 dated August 2001)
HD34/03 Bituminous Surfacing Materials and Techniques Amendment No.1

HD 35/04 Concrete Surfacing and Materials Amendment No.1


HD 36/99
Footway Design

HD 40/01 Footway Maintenance

HD 41/03 Maintenance of Highway Geotechnical Assets

HD 42/05 Non-Motorised User Audits

HD 43/04 Drainage Data Management System for Highways Agency

HD 46/05 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX B:

STRUCTURE LOCATION MAP


N

Proposed new
road

Proposed
structure

Reproduced from Ordnance Survey digital map


data Crown copyright 2006. All rights
reserved. Licence number 0100031673

Structure Location Map


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX C:

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX D:

DIAGRAM OF IDEALISED STRUCTURE


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

APPENDIX E:

INDICATIVE FORM C
Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
HIGHWAY STRUCTURE SUMMARY INFORMATION

STRUCTURE NAME: GRID REFERENCE: Reference/


Comments
STRUCTURE TYPE: AIP Ref No.:

Bridge DESIGN LIFE: 120 years


SOILS/GEOLOGY
Strata Typical Depths

PREVIOUS GROUND HISTORY: Desk top study


required

CONTAMINATED GROUND RISK ASSESSMENT REQUIRED: Desk top study


No information is known about the site history and contaminated ground risk. required
Testing will be carried out during the design phase ground investigation.

GROUND WATER:

EARTH PRESSURE VALUE


o
Assuming Granular backfill (phi = 30 ) Ka = 0.33, Ko = 0.5, Kp -= 3.0

BEARING Spread Footings – Not suitable


CAPACITY
Structure Founding Founding Footing Allowable Bearing
Element Stratum Level Size Pressure
2
(m AOD) (kN/m )

PILE DESIGN

Structure Founding Toe Level Pile Pile Length Pile


Element Stratum (m AOD) Diameter (m) working
(mm) load (kN)
London TBC TBC TBC TBC Site Investigation
Clay required for pile
design

Pile Type: Assumed concrete bored and cast insitu


Criteria for selectingpile toe level: TBC
Allowance for negative skin friction: TBC

SETTLEMENT

Structure Founding Immediate Total Time Settlement


Approval In Principle
Name of Project Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration

Name of Structure A406 (E) Bridge under M1 Link North

Structure ref no ??? Key no 0000

Element Level Settlement Settlement for remaining


(m AOD) (mm) (mm) 90% at
completion

GROUND MOVEMENTS

Associated Settlement Heave due to Subsidence Flowing Other


Earthworks cutting due to Water
excavation Mineral
Extraction
Cause of
Movement
Maximum
Movement
(mm)
Measures to
deal with
movement
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

Hammerson/ Standard Life/ Multiplex

Brent Cross/Cricklewood
Regeneration
A406/ A41 Junction
Review of Existing Structures
January 2007
Revision 0
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

Brent Cross/Cricklewood
Regeneration
A406/ A41 Junction
Review of Existing Structures
REVISION HISTORY

Revision Date Details Prepared Checked Approved


0 31/01/2007 W Azzi C J McKenna C J McKenna

This document has been prepared in accordance with the scope of Scott Wilson's appointment with its client and is subject to the
terms of that appointment. It is addressed to and for the sole use and reliance of Scott Wilson's client. Scott Wilson accepts no
liability for any use of this document other than by its client and only for the purposes, stated in the document, for which it was
prepared and provided. No person other than the client may copy (in whole or in part) use or rely on the contents of this document,
without the prior written permission of the Company Secretary of Scott Wilson Ltd. Any advice, opinions, or recommendations within
this document should be read and relied upon only in the context of the document as a whole. The contents of this document are
not to be construed as providing legal, business or tax advice or opinion.
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

1. Location

Brent Cross Roundabout carries the A41 Hendon Way over the A406 and below the
Brent Cross Flyover. The location is as indicated on the plan below:

A41-A406 Brent Cross Roundabout

2. Description

Brent Cross Roundabout carries Hendon Way over the A406. It has an elliptical shape
made up of two parallel bridges forming the long north and south sides, and two sections
supported by retained fill and forming the short semi-circular sides. Four slip roads
connect the A406 and the A41. The roundabout is at an intermediate level above the
A406 and below the Brent Cross Flyover. A pedestrian crossing, suspended from the
soffit of the flyover, runs at the same level of the roundabout and is parallel to both
structures.
Both bridges are straight on plan, except where they meet the slip roads they change to
a transition horizontal curve to accommodate the road alignment. The structures run in
the north-west to south-east direction.
This report will qualify the existing structures that form the roundabout and its slip roads
and will assess the viability of widening the north bridge on the inside lane of the
roundabout, the north east and south west slip roads. Refer to drawing No
D112186/443.
The presence of the flyover's intermediate supports in proximity of the semi-circular
sections rules out any possibility to widen these sections.
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

Flyover Intermediate Supports

3. Proposed Modifications

3.1 Brent Cross North Bridge

Brent Cross North Bridge- General View

Brent Cross North Bridge is a 7-span concrete structure totalling approximately 87m.The
width is approximately 8.84m. Some of the span decks consist of a reinforced cast insitu
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

concrete slab and others of precast pre-tensioned inverted "T" beams. The spans are
structurally independent. Intermediate supports are made up of reinforced concrete piers
with cross head beams except the two piers before the abutments which consist of two
columns with a crosshead beam. These two piers, Pier 2 and Pier 6, as well as
Abutment 1 and Abutment 2, also support the North West and North East slip roads
respectively.

The abutments and intermediate piers are supported on piled foundations.

Widening the north bridge from the inside lane is feasible by using precast pre-tensioned
inverted "T" beams to minimise disruption to the A406 traffic.

However, the presence of the flyover's intermediate supports may infringe the visibility
clearance on the widened section. This issue needs to be closely investigated.

3.2 North East Slip Road

Pier 6 and Pier 16 supporting North East Slip Road Bridge

The north east slip road bridge is supported on a four-span structure at a highly curved
horizontal alignment. The third pier of this structure from the north, Pier 6, and the south
abutment, Abutment 2, also support the roundabout's north bridge.
The abutments and intermediate piers are supported on piled foundations.
Widening the slip road deck on the eastern side is feasible by either using precast pre-
tensioned inverted "T" beams, or a solid reinforced concrete slab. Due to the curvature
of the proposed widening, an insitu reinforced concrete slab is preferred.
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

Abutments 2 and 4 will require widening to the east and two new retaining walls to retain
the widened embankment fill will need to be constructed.

Abutment 2 and Pier 6 supporting North East Slip Road Bridge

Abutment 4 and Pier 17 supporting North East Slip Road


Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

3.3 Underpass at the East Roundabout Approach

Northern side of Underpass

The approach road to the east of the roundabout is carried by an underpass. The
underpass consists of an 8.1m span reinforced concrete box. The wing walls and head
walls are of reinforced concrete with brick facing. The wing walls are splayed at different
angles.

The side walls of the underpass are monolithically supported on spread footings.

It is anticipated that the underpass will need to be extended in the northern direction to
accommodate the widening of the North East slip road. The northern wing walls and
head wall need to be demolished and new walls constructed.
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

3.4 South East Slip Road

South East Slip Road Bridge- General View

The south east slip road bridge is supported on a four-span structure at a highly curved
horizontal alignment The third pier of this structure from the south, Pier 7, and the north
abutment, Abutment 2, also support Brent Cross South bridge.
The abutments and intermediate piers are supported on piled foundations.

At this stage, it is not proposed to widen this slip road. If however widening becomes a
requirement, then a solution similar to widening the north east slip road is feasible.

3.5 Brent Cross South Bridge

Brent Cross South Bridge- General View


Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

Brent Cross South is a 7-span concrete structure totalling approximately 87m.The width
is approximately 8.84m. Numbering from east to west, spans 2,6 and 7 are reinforced
cast insitu concrete slabs and the other 4 spans comprise 18 no. precast pre-tensioned
inverted "T" beams. The spans are structurally independent. Intermediate supports are
made up of reinforced concrete piers with cross head beams except the two piers before
the abutments which consist of two columns with a crosshead beam. These two piers,
Pier 7 and Pier 12, as well as Abutment 2 and Abutment 1, also support the South East
and South West slip roads respectively.

The abutments and intermediate piers are supported on piled foundations.

At this stage, it is not proposed to widen this bridge. If however widening becomes a
requirement, then a similar solution to the proposed north bridge is feasible.

3.6 South West Slip Road

South West Slip Road Bridge- General View

The south west slip road bridge is supported on a four-span structure at a highly curved
horizontal alignment. The third pier of this structure from the south, Pier 12, and the
north abutment, Abutment 1, also support Brent Cross South Bridge.
The abutments and intermediate piers are supported on piled foundations.
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

In order to widen the slip road, a separate structure will need to be constructed at the
west bank of the river. The widened deck would therefore span transversely between the
existing and new structure.

Due to its proximity to the river bank, it is not possible to widen the southern slip road
abutment wall, Abutment 6.

The northern abutment wall, Abutment 1, will require widening to the south in order to
accommodate the widened slip road and a new retaining wall to retain the widened
embankment fill will need to be constructed.

3.7 North West Slip Road

Pier 13 supporting North West Slip Road Bridge

The North West slip road bridge is supported on a three-span structure at a highly
curved horizontal alignment. The structure is also supported on Pier 2, which meets Pier
13 at right angles. The northern abutment of the slip road supports another single span
Hammerson/Standard Life/Multiplex
<Title>

structure running to the west. The scope of this report does not include any potential
work to this structure.

The abutments and intermediate piers are supported on piled foundations.

At this stage, it is not proposed to widen this slip road. If however widening becomes a
requirement, then a solution similar to widening the north east slip road is feasible.

3.8 Underpass- U7 Prince Charles Drive

The southbound slip from the A41 onto the roundabout is carried over Prince Charles
Drive by a reinforced concrete underpass. There is limited information regarding the
construction detail of this structure.
The underpass will need to be extended at the north end to accommodate the widened
slip road. This can be achieved by partial demolition of the existing wing walls and
headwall with an extension to the box and new wing walls being constructed.
NETWORK RAIL (Insert name of Group, Department or Function.)
FORM A: APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE (Page 1 of 7)

Title of Scheme: Brent Cross/Cricklewood


Location: Brent Viaduct
ELR SPCI Mileage 6m 462yd OS grid ref. Structure No. 43

Part 1: Scheme Details


(Note: relevant information should be given under the headings below. The main headings and their
numbering should be used for all submissions unless the Designated Project Engineer directs or
permits othen•,ise. Where a heading is not applicable to a particular submission, "not applicable "or
"N/A "should be entered. Where a heading is relevant, suitably numbered sub-headings should be
used. Information under additional headings may be necessary for certain Schemes.)
C/his form may also be used for Outside Party Works.)

1.1 Network Rail Sponsor (Specify name of Group, Department or Function,)

1.2 External organisation(s) for whose benefitthe Scheme is required (ifapp/icable)


Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners

1.3 Proposed date for completion of construction (Specify stage dates ifapp/icab/e.)
2012

1.4 Organisation responsible for Design to AlP stage (if not as shown in the page heading)
Scott Wilson Ltd.

1.5 I•xisting conditions


19 span railway arch bridge carries the Midland
structure main line
the A406 over
North Circular Road and the surrounding area. At present two of the arches provide
two lanes of traffic in each direction for the east and westbound carriageways of the
A406 at road level. As built drawings obtained from Network Rail indicate clear span
between piers are 30 ft (9.144m). All arches are in the same geometric form and
construction.

1.6 Proposed works


The proposal is to provide four lanes in each direction for the east and westbound
A406 carriageways by opening up the two arches to the north of the currently
trafficked arches with a new carriageway layout. The two arches in question are
currently used by motor vehicle related businesses as workshop'and storage facilities.
During construction of the carriageway, excavation will be to formation level. In
addition the adjacent arch on the south side is being opened up to allow pedestrian
movements.
1.7 Alternative solutions to the Remit considered
N/A

1.8 Design (underline bridge)


criteria
Live loading, headroom RU loading
Authorities consulted and any special conditions required Utilities companies with
regard to location of apparatus

1.9 Design criteria (overline bridge)


N/A

1.1 0 Design criteria (footbridge)


N/A

1.1 Design criteria (equipment support structure)


N/A

1.1 2 Design criteria (soil-retaining structure) (except where part of a bridge structure)
N/A

1.1 3 Design criteria (Station platform)


N/A

1.14 Design criteria (Station canopy or building)


N/A

1.1 5 Design criteria (Earthwork)


N/A

1.1 6 Design criteria (other Structures)


N/A

1.1 7 l•esign criteria (Permanent Way)


N/A
1.1 8 Design life
N/A

1.19 Organisation proposed to be responsible for detailed Design


Scott Wilson Ltd.

1.20 Design standards


BS 5930 Site investigations
BS 6031 Earthworks
TrafficManagement Act 2004
Health and safety at work etc. Act 1974
The Manual of Contract Documents for Highway Works (MCDHW) Vol. 3
The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB)
BA 16/97 -The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures
BD 21/01 The Assessment of Highway Bridges and Structures
BD 37/01 Specification for Loads

1.21 Departures from Design standards (with justification)


N/A

1.22 Geotechnical considerations


Trial pit information to justify ground conditions used for carriageway construction

.23 Assessment statement (Describe the methodo/ogy to be adopted to execute the Design.)
Existing road surface under the two north arches is to be excavated to approximately
.3 metre below existing ground level to allow for construction of the new
carriageway/pavement. The existing railway arch structure will be analysed using
ArchieM to determine the stability of the superstructure. In addition a calculation of
bearing pressures will be undertaken to check that during and after the construction
they are no greater than current.

1.23 Accompanying drawings and other documents


Drawing no. 7572/6 As Built Drawing
Drawing no. 7572/7 As Built Drawing II
Drawing no. D11 7125/4 Elevation On Railway Arches
Drawing no. D111870/541 M1 Junction 1, Staples Corner Improvements With
Revised M1 Southbound Junction
1.25 Any other relevant information (Give information as appropriate.)
Proposed new carriageway road level to be same as the North Circular Road. Currently
the road levels underside the two arches are 0.Sm and 0.6m above North Circular road
level.
(Form A continued)
Part 2: Designer Submission
confirm that the applicable criteria specified in Network Rail Company Specification
RT/CE/S/003 have been considered, and the Design is submitted for Approval in Principle
on behalf of scott Wilson Ltd

Signed Title Technical Director

Name (Print) CJ McKenna Date


To be signed by the Designer responsible for the Design to AlP stage or other person
authorised to sign on behalf of the organisation responsible for the Design.

Part 3: Construction orqanisation acknowiedqement of submission by a sub-contract


Desi ng•£
NOT REQUIRED
The organisation named in Part 2 is engaged as a sub-contractor to the organisation stated
below. formally acknowledge the submission of this certificate to Network Rail in support
of our contract*/sub-contract* obligation for provision of the AlP stage Design on behalf of
(name and address of organisation responsible for Construction Works).

(* Delete as applicable further acknowledgement section(s) shall be completed where there is more
than one layer of sub-contract relationship. Insert "not required"/fa direct contract with Network
Rail.)

Signed Title

Name (Print) Date


To be signed by the Contractor's Responsible Engineer or other person authorised to sign
on behalf of the organisation responsible for the Construction Work.
Form A (continued)

Part 4: Desiqnated Proiect Enqineer comments


have considered the submission for the above Scheme and confirm that the information
specified in Netwo#k Rail Company Specification RT/CE/S/003 is included in the submission.
My comments on the submission are as shown below.

Signed Title

Name (Print) Date


To be signed by the Designated Project Engineer.

Part 5: Civil Enqineer comments


have considered the submission for Approval in Principle of the above Scheme in order to
be satisfied that the Designer has adequately addressed the applicable criteria specified in
Network Rail Company Specification RT/CE/S/003, and confirm that:
The Design of the permanent works shall be checked as category (Insert O, I, lIorI•
as appropriate.)
The Design of the Temporary Works shall be checked as category (Insert O, 4 IIorIII
as appropriate, or delete if not applicable.)
The Scheme does*/does not* require endorsement by Network Rail's Professional Head of
Track*/Structures* Engineering in accordance with Network Rail Company Specification
RT/CE/S/O03.

(* Delete as applicable. *Part 7 of Form A is to be completed where endorsement is required.)

My comments on the submission are as shown below. Provided these comments are
adequately addressed, hereby give Approval in Principle to the Scheme.
Signed Title

Name (Print) Date


To be signed by the Civil Engineer.

Signed Title

Name (Print) Date


To be signed by other responsible person (if applicable).
(Form A Continued)

Part 6: Asset Engineer Endorsement (Schemes for existinq infrastructure only)


have considered the submission for the above Scheme and confirm that the information
specified in Network Rail Company Specification RT/CE/S/003 is included in the submission.
My comments on the submission are as shown below.

(Notes:
1• The Design organisation should leave reasonable space for comments here.
2. The Asset Engineer's comments may be given on a separate sheet of paper or in a covering letter
if more convenient. In such cases the comments must be identified clearly with the Scheme and
Form A to which they relate and must be signed.)

Signed Title

Name (Print) Date


To be signed by the Asset Engineer.

Part7: Endorsement by Network Rail Professional Head of Track*/Structures* Engineering


(* Delete as applicable.)
have considered the submission for Approval in Principle of the above 'Scheme as required
by Network Rail Company Specification RT/CE/S/O03 in order to be satisfied that the
applicable criteria specified in Network Rail Company Specification RT/CE/S/003 have been
adequately addressed by the Designer, and my comments on the submission are as shown
below.
Provided these comments are adequately addressed hereby endorse the Approval in
Principle submission.

(Notes:
I. The Design organisation should leave reasonable space for comments here.
2. The Professional Head's comments may be given on a separate sheet of paper or in a covering
letter if more convenient, In such cases the comments must be identitTed clearlywith the Scheme
and Form A to which they relate and must be signed.)

Signed Title

Name (Print) Date


To be signed on behalf of Network Rail's Professional Head of Track*/Structures*
Engineering.
(* Delete as applicable.)
3024438

;'•, j'N.J •.• J •1 •.• J

CONTRACT

A B

:4'2
SEC TlOikl

JUNCTION 1, STAPLES CORNER.

ELEVATIONS ON
RAILWAY ARCHES

KE .• PLAN
Brent Cross
Cricklewood
BXC 20

Draft Approval in Principle

Living Bridge (B7)

Prepared for:
Brent Cross Cricklewood
Development Partners

UNITED
KINGDOM &
IRELAND
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Doc. No: 47065005-ST-RPT-002

URS Infrastructure & Environment (UK) Ltd


Scott House
Alençon Link
Basingstoke
Hants RG21 7PP
Telephone: +44 (0)1256 310 200
Fax: +44 (0)1256 310 201

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
i
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Limitations
URS Infrastructure & Environment UK Limited (“URS”) has prepared this Report for the sole use of Brent Cross
Cricklewood Development Partners (“Client”) in accordance with the Agreement under which our services were
performed. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made as to the professional advice included in this Report or any
other services provided by URS.

The conclusions and recommendations contained in this Report are based upon information provided by others and
upon the assumption that all relevant information has been provided by those parties from whom it has been requested
and that such information is accurate. Information obtained by URS has not been independently verified by URS, unless
otherwise stated in the Report.

The methodology adopted and the sources of information used by URS in providing its services are outlined in this
Report. The work described in this Report is based on the conditions encountered and the information. The scope of this
Report and the services are accordingly factually limited by these circumstances.

Where assessments of works or costs identified in this Report are made, such assessments are based upon the
information available at the time and where appropriate are subject to further investigations or information which may
become available.

Certain statements made in the Report that are not historical facts may constitute estimates, projections or other forward-
looking statements and even though they are based on reasonable assumptions as of the date of the Report, such
forward-looking statements by their nature involve risks and uncertainties.

Copyright

© This Report is the copyright of URS Infrastructure & Environment UK Limited. Any unauthorised reproduction or usage
by any person other than the addressee is strictly prohibited.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
ii
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1  HIGHWAY DETAILS .......................................................... 1 

1.1  Type of highway: ................................................................ 1 


1.2  Permitted traffic speed: ...................................................... 1 
1.3  Existing Restrictions: .......................................................... 1 

2  SITE DETAILS ................................................................... 1 

2.1  Obstacles Crossed: ............................................................ 1 

3  PROPOSED STRUCTURE ............................................... 1 

3.1  Description of Structure and Design Working Life: ............ 1 


3.2  Structural Type: .................................................................. 2 
3.3  Foundation Type: ............................................................... 2 
3.4  Span Arrangements: .......................................................... 2 
3.5  Articulation Arrangements: ................................................. 2 
3.6  Classes and Levels: ........................................................... 2 
3.6.1  Consequence class: ........................................................... 2 
3.6.2  Reliability class:.................................................................. 2 
3.6.3  Inspection level: ................................................................. 2 
3.7  Road Restraint Systems Requirements: ............................ 2 
3.8  Proposed Arrangements for Future Inspection and
Maintenance:...................................................................... 2 
3.8.1  Traffic management: .......................................................... 2 
3.8.2  Access arrangements for future inspection and
maintenance:...................................................................... 2 
3.9  Environment and Sustainability:......................................... 3 
3.10  Durability, Materials and Finishes: ..................................... 3 
3.11  Risks and hazards considered for design, execution,
maintenance and demolition. Consultation with and/or
agreement from CDM co-ordinator. ................................... 6 
3.12  Estimated cost of proposed structure together with other
structural forms considered (including where appropriate
proprietary manufactured structures), and the reasons for
their rejection (including comparative whole life costs with
dates of estimates): ............................................................ 6 
3.13  Proposed Arrangements for Construction.......................... 7 
3.13.1  Construction of structure .................................................... 7 
3.13.2  Traffic Management ........................................................... 8 
3.13.3  Service Diversions ............................................................. 8 
3.13.4  Interface with existing structures:....................................... 8 

4  DESIGN CRITERIA............................................................ 8 

4.1  Actions ............................................................................... 8 


4.1.1  Permanent actions: ............................................................ 8 
4.1.2  Snow, wind and thermal actions: ....................................... 8 
4.1.3  Actions relating to normal traffic under AW regulations
and C&U regulations: ......................................................... 9 
4.1.4  Actions relating to General Order traffic under STGO
regulations: ......................................................................... 9 
4.1.5  Footway or footbridge variable actions: ............................. 9 
4.1.6  Actions relating to Special Order traffic, provision for

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
iii
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

exceptional Abnormal Indivisible Loads including location


of vehicle track on deck cross section: .............................. 9 
4.1.7  Accidental actions: ............................................................. 9 
4.1.8  Actions during construction: ............................................. 10 
4.1.9  Any special action not covered above: ............................ 10 
4.2  Heavy or high load route requirements and arrangements
being made to preserve the route, including any provision
for future loads or future widening: .................................. 10 
4.3  Minimum Head Room Provided: ...................................... 10 
4.4  Authorities Consulted and any special conditions
required: ........................................................................... 11 
4.5  Standards and documents listed in the Technical
Approval Schedule: .......................................................... 11 
4.6  Proposed Departures relating to departures from
standards given in 4.5: ..................................................... 11 
4.7  Proposed Departures relating to methods for dealing with
aspects not covered by standards in 4.5: ........................ 11 

5  STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS .............................................. 11 

5.1  Methods of analysis proposed for superstructure,


substructure and foundations: .......................................... 11 
5.2  Description and diagram of idealised structure to be used
for analysis: ...................................................................... 11 
5.3  Assumption intended for calculation of structural element
stiffness: ........................................................................... 12 
5.4  Proposed range of soil parameters to be used in the
design of earth retaining elements: .................................. 12 

6  GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS ..................................... 12 

6.1  Acceptance of recommendations of the Geotechnical


Design Report to be used in the design and reasons for
any proposed changes: .................................................... 12 
6.2  Summary of design for highway structure in the
Geotechnical Design Report: ........................................... 12 
6.3  Differential settlement to be allowed for in the design of
the structure: .................................................................... 12 
6.4  If the Geotechnical Design Report is not yet available,
state when the results are expected and list the sources
of information used to justify the preliminary choice of
foundations:...................................................................... 12 

7  CHECK ............................................................................. 12 

7.1  Proposed Category and Design Supervision Level ......... 12 


7.2  If Category 3, name of proposed Independent Checker .. 13 
7.3  Erection proposals or temporary works ........................... 13 

8  DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .................................... 13 

8.1  List of drawings (including numbers) and documents on


which the design will be based: ....................................... 13 
8.2  The following appendices accompany this submission: .. 13

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
iv
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

9  ACCEPTANCE................................................................. 14 

10  AGREEMENT .................................................................. 15 

APPENDICES APPENDIX A – TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE 

APPENDIX B – DRAWINGS 

This Draft Approval in Principle has been prepared for


the purposes of informing the Section 73 Planning
Application and will be further developed in full
consultation with the relevant Highway Authority and
other stakeholders.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
v
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

1 HIGHWAY DETAILS

1.1 Type of highway:

Over structure: Pedestrian footway and cycleway

Under structure: A406 North Circular Road dual carriageway all purpose road

Prince Charles Drive (currently Etheridge Road) unclassified


single carriageway all purpose road

Tilling Road unclassified single carriageway all purpose road

Re-aligned River Brent

1.2 Permitted traffic speed:

Over structure: Not Applicable

Under structure: 40 mph

1.3 Existing Restrictions: The structure is in an urban environment and crosses over a
busy dual carriageway.

2 SITE DETAILS

2.1 Obstacles Crossed: The bridge carries a new pedestrian access to the Brent Cross
Shopping Centre over the A406 North Circular Road, Prince
Charles Drive, Tilling Road, the River Brent and a bus station
access road.

3 PROPOSED STRUCTURE

3.1 Description of Structure The structure comprises of two different sections. The main
and Design Working Life: section crossing the A406 North Circular Road, Prince Charles
Drive, Tilling Road and the River Brent will be a three span
continuous composite steel box girder bridge with a concrete
deck.

The southern approach ramp from School Lane will consist of


a three span prestressed beam and in-situ reinforced concrete
slab deck which passes over private property within the
Eastern Lands development zone.

The intermediate piers for all parts of the bridge will be circular
reinforced concrete columns joined at the top with a reinforced
concrete crosshead. The southern end support will be a full
height reinforced concrete abutment. The northern end
support will be a portal frame formed of piers and a crosshead
which will support the Living Bridge, the lower bridge over the
River Brent which provides access to the bus station from
Prince Charles Drive, and part of the shopping centre podium
slab.

The structure will have a design life of 120 years.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
1
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

3.2 Structural Type: Continuous composite steel box girder and in-situ concrete
bridge deck. Integral bridge forms will be considered during
preparation of final AIP.

3.3 Foundation Type: Based on previous ground investigation information the


foundations will either be bored and cast in-place reinforced
concrete piles or continuous flight auger reinforced concrete
piles, with reinforced concrete pile caps. Further details of the
foundation types are to be determined when the underlying
geology has been established and Geotechnical Design
Report is available.

3.4 Span Arrangements: The structure is made up of 7 spans with a nominal total length
of 170.5m. The main bridge is formed of 3 no. spans of 34m,
45m and 26m at 0.6° skew to the A406 North Circular Road.

The southern approach ramp has 3 no. spans all 17m and one
span of 14.5m. The northern approach is part of the shopping
centre podium and therefore not part of the Bridge structure.

3.5 Articulation The mains box girder spans will be supported on proprietary
Arrangements: pot type bearings with longitudinal fixity provided at the
southern abutment. Transverse fixity will be provided at each
support.

3.6 Classes and Levels:

3.6.1 Consequence class: CC2

3.6.2 Reliability class: RC2

3.6.3 Inspection level: IL2

3.7 Road Restraint Systems The deck and approaches to the bridge will be provided with
Requirements: metal parapets, minimum 1.4m high complying with BS 7818.

3.8 Proposed Arrangements


for Future Inspection and
Maintenance:

3.8.1 Traffic management: To be determined by the Local Highways Authority, however,


inspections and maintenance activities to the underside of the
part of the structure crossing the A406 North Circular Road will
generally be carried out during lane closures, which given the
volume of traffic may need to be during the night. Access for
inspection or maintenance activities at deck level, such as
replacement of waterproofing, will involve temporary closures
of lanes or the complete structure. Pedestrian diversion routes
would be via Tilling Road, Templehof Bridge and Prince
Charles Drive.

3.8.2 Access arrangements for Access for inspection and maintenance of the top surface of
future inspection and the deck and side spans will be from the top of the bridge
maintenance: above. Inspection and maintenance of the deck soffit and

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
2
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

bearings will require a platform to be positioned within closed


lanes of the roads beneath the bridge.

3.9 Environment and Conventional construction materials are proposed and


Sustainability: therefore no significant sustainability issues are foreseen.
Consideration will be given to minimising future maintenance
requirements through careful choice of materials for
waterproofing and parapets along with appropriate detailing.

The structure contributes to the wider improvement of the


environment of the Brent Cross Cricklewood Regeneration by
encouraging pedestrian access thereby reducing the reliance
on vehicles. The planters on the bridge will fit within the wider
landscaping scheme which, combined with the River Brent re-
alignment over which the Living Bridge passes, will improve
the local bio-diversity and environment of the area.

The proposed construction methodology aims to minimise the


time required for partial or complete closure of the A406 North
Circular Road.

3.10 Durability, Materials and Structural Steel:


Finishes:
Grade S355 J2 in accordance with BS EN 10025-2

Concrete:

Cover to reinforcement for all concrete construction will be to


BS EN 1992-1-1 and BS EN 1992-2 and their National
Annexes or to BS 5400:Part 4 (as implemented by BD24) and
recommendations of BS 8004 (as implemented by BD74)
whichever requirement is the greater.

Bridge Deck:

Reinforced concrete for the bridge deck will be in accordance


with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1, MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03
and IAN 95/07 and the following:

Concrete strength: C40/50


Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449: 2005 and IAN 70/06
Exposure classes for all elements:
Chloride class: XD1
Carbonation class: XC3
Freeze thaw class: XF2

Parapet String Course:

Reinforced concrete for the parapet string course will be in


accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1, MCHW Series 1700,
IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

Concrete strength: C40/50


Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449
Exposure classes for all elements:

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
3
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Chloride class: XD3


Carbonation class: XC3
Freeze thaw class: XF2

Abutments and Piers:

Reinforced concrete for the abutments will be in accordance


with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1, MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03
and IAN 95/07 and the following:

Concrete strength: C40/50


Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449
Exposure classes for all elements:
Chloride class: XD3
Carbonation class: XC4
Freeze thaw class: XF1

Requirements for resistance to chemical attack will be


determined following further site investigation and the
provisions of BRE Special Digest No. 1 will be taken into
account.

Mass Concrete Blinding to Underside Pile Caps:

Mass concrete blinding to the abutments will be in accordance


with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1, MCHW Series 1700, IAN 48/03
and IAN 95/07 and the following:

Concrete strength: C12/15


Exposure classes for all elements:
Carbonation class: XC2

Requirements for resistance to chemical attack will be


determined following further site investigation and the
provisions of BRE Special Digest No. 1 will be taken into
account.

Piles:

Reinforced concrete for the piled foundations will be in


accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1, MCHW Series 1600,
IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

Concrete strength: C30/37


Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449
Exposure classes for all elements:
Chloride class: XD2
Carbonation class: XC2
Freeze thaw class: XF1

Requirements for resistance to chemical attack will be


determined following further site investigation and the
provisions of BRE Special Digest No. 1 will be taken into
account. Ground water may be encountered during pile
construction and therefore the provisions of MCHW Series NG

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
4
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

1600 will be taken into account for placing concrete.

All other elements:

Reinforced concrete for the all other elements will be in


accordance with BS 8500, BS EN 206-1, MCHW Series 1700,
IAN 48/03 and IAN 95/07 and the following:

Concrete strength: C40/50


Reinforcement: Grade 500B to BS 4449
Exposure classes for all elements:
Chloride class: XD3
Carbonation class: XC3
Freeze thaw class: XF3

Prestressing strand:

Prestressing strand will be stress relieved seven wire strand


conforming to BS 5896: 2012 and SHW Series 1700.

Surface Finishes:

All concrete faces will be finished in accordance with SHW


Clause 1708 and the following:

Formed faces:
Buried surfaces: Class F1
Bridge deck cantilever: Class F3
Bridge deck stringcourse: Class F3
Piers (where exposed) Class F3
Piers (elsewhere) Class F1
Precast beams: Class F4
Elsewhere: Class F3

Unformed faces:
Buried surfaces: Class U1
Top of deck slab: Class U5
Bearing shelves: Class U1
Elsewhere: Class U3

Allowance made for deviation of nominal cover in accordance


with the National Annex to BS EN 1992-1-1:2004: dev =
10mm

Steelwork Finishes:

The main girders will be finished with a paint system in


accordance the requirements of BD35/06 applied in
accordance with the SHW Series 1900.

Parapets (if steel) will be protected by a paint system in


accordance the requirements of BD35/06 applied in
accordance with the SHW Series 1900.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
5
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Parapets:

Parapets will be combined galvanized steel or aluminium


pedestrian parapets in accordance with TD 19/06 and BS
7818 with a minimum height of 1.4m. During detailed design
additional architectural requirements may influence the
maximum height and appearance of the parapets.

Waterproofing:

The deck slab will be waterproofed using a permitted


waterproofing system in accordance with SHW Clause 2004
and in accordance with the requirements of BD47/99 and IAN
96/07. Where required by the selected waterproofing system,
a 20mm thick layer of sand asphalt should be adopted in
accordance with SHW clause 2003. Where no sand asphalt
layer is required, the waterproofing system should be overlaid
with a 45mm layer of hot rolled asphalt (HRA) binder course to
SHW clause 943. Red indicator mesh will be installed directly
above all bituminous additional protective layers to spray
applied waterproofing systems and will be applied when the
base course is still warm to ensure good embedment.

Sub-surface drainage and falls in the deck shall be in


accordance with the requirements of BD47/99 and BA 47/99.

Buried concrete elements in permanent contact with soil will


have two coats bituminous paint or equivalent as SHW Clause
2004 applied.

3.11 Risks and hazards A preliminary construction sequence is proposed in section


considered for design, 3.13.1 below.
execution, maintenance
and demolition. The following risks and hazards, over and above those which
Consultation with and/or a competent contractor may expect to encounter, have been
agreement from CDM co- considered:
ordinator.
 Specific installation sequence requiring detailed
analysis and assessment

 Proximity of River Brent and interaction with the bus


station access road beneath

3.12 Estimated cost of Capital cost of the proposed structure is in the order of £29m.
proposed structure
together with other Alternative structural forms considered include:
structural forms
considered (including  A single span tied or bow string arch. The structure
where appropriate would be supported by 2 no. parallel arches; each
proprietary manufactured formed of a fabricated steel box beam approximately
structures), and the 800mm wide by 400mm deep. The arch rise is 14m
reasons for their rejection and transverse bracing would be required between the
(including comparative arch members to provide stability. The steel and
whole life costs with concrete composite deck would span transversely

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
6
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

dates of estimates): between longitudinal beams, which are supported by


the arch hangers.

 A two or three span through truss arrangement was


also considered. This would be formed of two parallel
vierendeel trusses, with a steel and concrete
composite deck spanning transversely between the
trusses. The trusses would be approximately 5.5m
deep, thereby enabling kiosks or retail units to be fitted
within the truss structure.

The above solutions were rejected in order to maintain the


masterplan vision for the Brent Cross Cricklewood
Regeneration project. Maintaining the Living Bridge as an
attractive open space, which does not feel enclosed and
minimises the feeling of crossing the A406 North Circular
Road is key to delivering the vision for the development.

Whole life costs will be calculated and included in the final AIP.

3.13 Proposed Arrangements


for Construction

3.13.1 Construction of structure Preliminary construction sequence has been considered, but
will require more detailed examination of risks and hazards for
the final AIP. Relevant extracts from the designer’s health and
safety risk assessment for the preliminary stage will be
included in the final AIP when full consideration has been
completed.

The proposed construction methodology is to construct the


bridge off-line in a construction area within Plot 28 on the
southern side of the A406 North Circular Road. Plot 28 is
within the area covered by the Compulsory Purchase Order
and is scheduled for clearance. The construction area is
envisaged to be around 150m long by 40m wide. Ultimately,
this area will form part of the pedestrian access ramp to the
Living Bridge.

Assembly/construction of the bridge would take place on an


elevated launch platform, following which the bridge would be
maneuvered into position over the A406 North Circular Road
using self-propelled modular transporters during a weekend
possession. The A406 North Circular Road, Tilling Road and
Prince Charles Drive would all be required to be closed during
installation.

The southern end of the structure would be supported on


mechanical skates and rails. A nosing may be required at the
northern end of the deck.

Once the bridge is in position, the load can be transferred on


to the permanent supports through a system of vertical jacks.

A detailed analysis of any such installation sequence will be

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
7
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

undertaken during detailed design of the bridge.

The majority of fabrication would be undertaken off-site, with


deliveries of large parts of the structure being via the M1,
Tilling Road, and on to the assembly site at Plot 28.

3.13.2 Traffic Management Traffic management requirements for construction of the


structure will be considered during preparation of the final AIP
and will be dependent on construction of the adjacent
Templehof Bridge and wider Brent Cross/Cricklewood
Regeneration Project. Further information will be included in
the AIP when available.

3.13.3 Service Diversions It is understood that the following services are in the vicinity of
foundations for the bridge and it may be necessary to divert or
re-locate these services in advance of construction, as well as
providing adequate protection to the services during
construction.

 Telecommunications cables, assumed fibre optic


within approximately 8m of the northern abutment and
3m of the southern abutment

 1.4m diameter foul drain at the position of the northern


abutment

 0.675m diameter surface water drain at the position of


the southern abutment

 Low pressure gas supply within approximately 4m of


the northern abutment

 11kV and 3kV underground electricity cables at the


position of the southern abutment

Further work is currently being undertaken to determine


diversion requirements, however is not yet available.

3.13.4 Interface with existing There are no existing highway structures which will be affected
structures: by construction of the new structure.

4 DESIGN CRITERIA

4.1 Actions

4.1.1 Permanent actions: As BS EN 1991-1-1 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-1 the principal


permanent actions are due to steel and concrete self-weight
and surface finishes. The bridge is to feature substantial
planters and the soil fill within these will make a significant
contribution to permanent actions.

4.1.2 Snow, wind and thermal Thermal actions in accordance with BS EN 1991-1-5:2003 and
actions: NA to BS EN 1991-1-5:2003.

Maximum increase in temperature above construction

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
8
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

temperature: To be confirmed in final AIP

Maximum decrease in temperature below construction


temperature: To be confirmed in final AIP

Differential temperature effects through the thickness of the


deck will also be considered.

4.1.3 Actions relating to The structure is not required to carry road traffic actions
normal traffic under AW derived using BS EN 1991-2:2003 Traffic Loads on Bridges
regulations and C&U Light vehicles will be permitted to access this bridge, and the
regulations: global uniformly distributed load will allow for this occasional
vehicle access. Access by vehicles to the bridge will be
controlled through appropriate management procedures
including specification of maximum gross vehicle weight and
5mph speed limit.

4.1.4 Actions relating to The structure is not required to carry abnormal loading, nor
General Order traffic LM3 loading derived using BS EN 1991-2:2003 Traffic Loads
under STGO regulations: on Bridges.

4.1.5 Footway or footbridge Actions on footways in BS EN 1991-2:2003


variable actions:
Concentrated load: 10 kN

UDL: 20 kN/m2

Live load allowance of 20 kN/m2 includes an allowance for


pedestrian access at 5 kN/m2, plus an allowance for very large
planters complete with mature trees, which may be located at
any position on the structure. This high live load provides the
developer and future users of the bridge a degree flexibility for
the final landscaping scheme and potential future changes of
use of the deck.

4.1.6 Actions relating to Not applicable


Special Order traffic,
provision for exceptional
Abnormal Indivisible
Loads including location
of vehicle track on deck
cross section:

4.1.7 Accidental actions: Loads on parapets and anchorage for local effects will be to
BS 7818. The forces on parapets for the global effects will be
to BS EN 1991-2:2003 Section 4.7.3 and to the NA to BS EN
1991-2:2003 Section 2.30.

Accidental impact load on bridge piers will be in accordance


with BS EN 1991-2:2003, NA to BS EN 1991-2:2003, BS EN
1991-1-7:2006 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-7:2006.

Should a departure from standards be granted in relation to


reduced headroom, accidental impact load on the bridge
superstructure will be considered in accordance with BS EN

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
9
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

1991-2:2003, NA to BS EN 1991-2:2003, BS EN 1991-1-


7:2006 and NA to BS EN 1991-1-7:2006 and BD60/04.

4.1.8 Actions during No load cases considered during execution at this stage. It is
construction: likely, however, that the approach to construction and
installation will result in temporary load cases that might be
critical design criteria. These will be examined in more detail
for the detailed AIP.

4.1.9 Any special action not In addition to the loading from the Living Bridge spanning over
covered above: Prince Charles Drive and the River Brent, the northern
abutment will be subject to loading from the adjacent shopping
centre podium slab at the level of the Living Bridge. This
abutment will also be subject to loading from the lower level
bus station access bridge spanning over the River Brent
between Prince Charles Drive and the Bus station beneath the
Living Bridge.

4.2 Heavy or high load route Not applicable.


requirements and
arrangements being
made to preserve the
route, including any
provision for future loads
or future widening:

4.3 Minimum Head Room The minimum headroom for new construction is given in
Provided: TD27/05 as 5.3m + ‘s’ to overbridges and 5.7m + ‘s’ to
footbridges and other structures vulnerable to vehicular
impact, where ‘s’ is a compensation for vertical sag curve.
Additionally, any design deflection under serviceability limit
state loading must not conflict with the relevant standard
headroom.

The Living Bridge will be classified as a pedestrian bridge and


therefore headroom, in accordance with TD27/05, should be
5.7m + ‘s’. It is understood that the difference is because
many footbridges are relatively light and slender and thus
particularly vulnerable to impact damage. However, due to the
size and significant mass that will be present in this case the
standard headroom of 5.3m + ‘s’ is proposed. For the
purposes of design, and until detailed design of highway
alignments has been completed, ‘s’ will conservatively be
taken to be 0.1m. The sum of design deflections and
construction tolerances will be taken to be a maximum 0.1m, if
necessary this could be controlled by pre-cambering beams.
Therefore, the required minimum headroom will be taken to be
5.5m.

Additional headroom will be provided at the northern support


where access is required to the new bus station. Minimum
headroom beneath this support will be 6.0m.

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
10
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

4.4 Authorities Consulted The following authorities either have, or will be, consulted in
and any special due course in relation to the design and construction of the
conditions required: Living Bridge:

Transport for London

London Borough of Barnet

Environment Agency

4.5 Standards and Attached at Appendix A is the Technical Approval Schedule


documents listed in the dated June 2012. Documents not relevant to this design have
Technical Approval been deleted.
Schedule:

4.6 Proposed Departures In order to minimise the maximum finished floor level of the
relating to departures bridge, a departure from standards will be sought.
from standards given in
4.5: Due to the overall size of the bridge, the overall mass and
construction of the bridge are more akin to those of a standard
overbridge carrying a side road, rather than a conventional
light weight pedestrian bridge. This significant mass means
that the bridge is unlikely to be susceptible to displacement as
a result of horizontal vehicle impact on the parapet string
course or steel beams.

A departure from TD27/05 is therefore sought in order to


permit the standard overbridge headroom of 5.3m + ‘s’ to be
used, rather than the increased 5.5m + ‘s’ normally required
for footbridges.

The design will consider the effects of an accidental horizontal


load applied to the bridge deck in accordance with standards
identified in section 4.1.7. An appropriate load path for this
load will be identified and the elements will be designed to
resist the applied effects.

4.7 Proposed Departures Relevant Eurocodes are listed in Appendix A.


relating to methods for
dealing with aspects not
covered by standards in
4.5:

5 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

5.1 Methods of analysis The multiple span bridge will be analysed using a 3-
proposed for dimensional, first order, linear-elastic beam and shell element
superstructure, finite element model in a commercially available finite element
substructure and analysis package (e.g. LUSAS). Bearing pressures,
foundations: magnitudes of loads, and supporting spring stiffness etc. will
be evaluated by hand calculations.

5.2 Description and diagram A diagram of the idealised structure will be included in an
of idealised structure to appendix of the AIP. A 3-dimensional beam and shell finite

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
11
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

be used for analysis: element model will be used to model the structural
arrangement. Elements will be placed on the section
centreline, with corresponding gross sections assigned.
Where appropriate pile supports will be modelled as beam
elements with horizontal and vertical spring supports placed at
1m intervals along the length of the pile.

5.3 Assumption intended for Linear elastic analysis using un-cracked gross section
calculation of structural properties.
element stiffness:

5.4 Proposed range of soil General properties for 6N/6P backfill materials in accordance
parameters to be used in with SHW Series 600:
the design of earth
retaining elements: Density = 20 kN/m³

Min  = 30° Ka = 0.33 K0 = 0.50 Kp = 3.00

Max  = 45° Ka = 0.17 K0 = 0.29 Kp = 5.83

6 GEOTECHNICAL
CONDITIONS

6.1 Acceptance of The Geotechnical Design Report is not yet available. An


recommendations of the addendum to the AIP will be issued when the GDR is
Geotechnical Design available.
Report to be used in the
design and reasons for
any proposed changes:

6.2 Summary of design for The Geotechnical Design Report is not yet available. An
highway structure in the addendum to the AIP will be issued when the GDR is
Geotechnical Design available.
Report:

6.3 Differential settlement to The piles are expected to extend into previously undisturbed
be allowed for in the London Clay. The piles will be specified to limit vertical
design of the structure: displacements to less than 10mm. Total settlement of 10mm
and differential settlement of 10mm between abutments will
therefore be considered. This criteria will be reviewed when
the Geotechnical Design Report becomes available.

6.4 If the Geotechnical The Geotechnical Design Report is expected to be completed


Design Report is not yet during detailed design for the bridge. The current geotechnical
available, state when the information has been based on existing ground investigations.
results are expected and
list the sources of
information used to
justify the preliminary
choice of foundations:

7 CHECK

7.1 Proposed Category and Category 2


Design Supervision Level

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
12
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Design supervision level 2

7.2 If Category 3, name of Not applicable


proposed Independent
Checker

7.3 Erection proposals or To be agreed with the Technical Approval Authority during the
temporary works course of the design.

8 DRAWINGS AND
DOCUMENTS

8.1 List of drawings Typical geometry of proposals for the bridge are shown on the
(including numbers) and following elevations and plans which are contained in
documents on which the Appendix B:
design will be based:
47065005-SK-LB-007

47065005-SK-LB-008

8.2 The following appendices Appendix A – TAS


accompany this
submission: Appendix B – Drawings

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
13
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

9 ACCEPTANCE

The above is submitted for acceptance:

Signed: …………………………………………………

Name: Huw Morrison MEng (Hons) CEng MICE

Designer: URS Infrastructure & Environment UK Limited

Date: …………………………………………………

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
14
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

10 AGREEMENT

The above is agreed subject to the amendments and conditions shown below:

Signed: …………………………………………………

Name:

Authority:

Date: …………………………………………………

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
15
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX A – TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX A

TECHNICAL APPROVAL SCHEDULE “TAS” (JULY 2012)

SCHEDULE OF DESIGN DOCUMENTS AND ADVICE NOTES RELATING TO HIGHWAY BRIDGES AND
STRUCTURES USING STRUCTURAL EUROCODES

(Applications for AIP are assumed to take into account the revisions to the documents in this
Appendix and those in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (as modified by the periodic issues
of updating Bulletins) that are current at the time of the particular AIP).

1. BRITISH STANDARDS (Non-conflicting with Eurocodes)

BS 8500: 2006 Concrete. Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1. Method of


specifying and guidance for the specifier.

BS EN 1317-1: 1998 Road Restraint Systems. Terminology and general criteria for test
methods

BS EN 1317-2: 1998 Road Restraint Systems. Performance classes, impact test acceptance
criteria and test methods for safety barriers

DD ENV 1317-4: 2002 Road Restraint Systems. Performance classes, impact test acceptance
criteria and test methods for terminals and transitions of safety barriers

BS EN 1337-1: 2000 Structural bearings. General design rules

BS EN 15050: 2007 Precast concrete products. Bridge elements.

BS EN 10025-2:2004 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical delivery conditions for
non-alloy structural steels.

BS EN 13670: 2009 Execution of concrete structures

BS 4483: 2005 Steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete - Specification

BS EN ISO 1461: 2009 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles –
specifications and test methods

BS 5400-4: 2009 Steel, concrete and composite bridges. Code of practice for design of
concrete bridges (Only included for reference to concrete cover)

BS 5896: 2012 High tensile steel wire and strand for the prestressing of concrete

BS 8004: 1986 Code of practice for foundations (No longer current and only included for
reference to concrete cover)

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

2. EUROCODES

UK National
Publication Annex
Eurocode Title
Date Publication
Date

Eurocode 0 Basis of Structural Design

BS EN 1990 Eurocode 0: Basis of Structural Design 2002 2004

Eurocode 1 Actions on Structures

BS EN 1991-1-1 Actions on structures – Part 1-1: General


Actions – Densities, self weight and 2002 2005
imposed loads for buildings

BS EN 1991-1-3 Actions on structures – Part 1-3: General


2003 2005
actions – Snow loads

BS EN 1991-1-4 Actions on structures – Part 1-4: General


2005 2008
actions – Wind actions

BS EN 1991-1-5 Actions on structures – Part 1-5: General


2004 2007
actions – Thermal actions

BS EN 1991-1-6 Actions on structures – Part 1-6: General


2005 2008
actions – Actions during execution

BS EN 1991-1-7 Actions on structures – Part 1-7: General


2006 2008
actions – Accidental actions

BS EN 1991-2 Actions on structures – Part 2: Traffic loads


2003 2008
on bridges

Eurocode 2 Design of Concrete Structures

BS EN 1992-1-1 Design of concrete structures – Part 1-1:


2004 2005
General rules and rules for buildings

BS EN 1992-2 Design of concrete structures – Part 2:


Concrete bridges – Design and detailing 2005 2007
rules

Eurocode 3 Design of Steel Structures

BS EN 1993-1-1 Design of steel structures – Part 1-1:


2005 2008
General rules and rules for buildings

BS EN 1993-1-5 Design of steel structures – Part 1-5: Plated


2006 2008
structural elements

BS EN 1993-1-8 Design of steel structures – Part 1-8: Design


2005 2008
of joints

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

BS EN 1993-1-9 Design of steel structures – Part 1-9:


2005 2008
Fatigue

BS EN 1993-2 Design of steel structures – Part 2-1: Steel


2006 2008
bridges

Eurocode 4 Design of Composite and Concrete


Structures

BS EN 1994-1-1 Design of composite steel and concrete


2004 2008
structures – Part 1: General

BS EN 1994-2 Design of composite steel and concrete


2005 2007
structures – Part 2: Bridges

Eurocode 7 Geotechnical design

BS EN 1997-1 Geotechnical design – Part 1: General rules 2004 2007

BS EN 1997-2 Geotechnical design – Part 2: Ground


2007 2009
investigation and testing

3. NON-CONTRADICTORY COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

PD 6688-1-4:2009 Background paper to the UK National Annex to BS EN 1991-1-4

PD 6688-1-7:2009 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1991-1-7

PD 6688-2:2011 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1991-2

PD 6687-1:2010 Background paper to the UK National Annexes to BS EN 1992

PD 6694-1: 2011 Recommendations for the design of structures subject to traffic loading to
BS EN 1997-1:2004

PD 6695-2:2008 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1993

PD 6696-2:2007 Recommendations for the design of structures to BS EN 1994-2

PD 6703:2009 Structural bearings – guidance for the use of structural bearings

PD 6705-2:2010 Recommendations for the execution of steel bridges to BS EN 1090-2

4. MISCELLANEOUS

Highways Agency High Load Grid Routes, 2007

Highways Agency Heavy Load Grid Routes, 2006

Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974

Traffic Management Act 2004

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007

Design and Maintenance Guidance for Local Authority Roads: Provision of Road Restraint Systems
on Local Authority Roads, 2011

5. THE MANUAL OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HIGHWAY WORKS (MCDHW)

Volume 1: Specification for Highway Works, November 2009

Volume 2: Notes for Guidance on the Specification for Highway Works, November 2009

6. THE DESIGN MANUAL FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES (Non-conflicting with Eurocodes)

The following have been reproduced from the current alpha-numeric index in the DMRB, Volume 1,
Section 0, Part 1. Issued May 2012.

Document Title Date of Decimal


Reference Issue Ref.

General Requirements, Standards (GD Series)

GD 01/08 Introduction to the Design Manual for Roads and


2008
Bridges (DMRB)

GD 02/08 Quality Management Systems for Highway Design 2008

Advice Notes – Bridges and Structures (BA Series)

BA 26/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks Nov 1994 2.3.7

BA 28/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing


Aug 1992 1.2.2
Alternative Designs for Highway Structures

BA 41/98 The Design and Appearance of Bridges Feb 1998 1.3.11

BA 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing Concrete Bridge Decks Aug 1999 2.3.5

BA 57/01 Design for Durability Aug 2001 1.3.8

BA82/00 Formation of Continuity Joints in Bridge Decks Nov 2000 2.3.7

BA 85/04 Coatings for Concrete Highway Structures and Ancillary


May 2004 2.4.3
Structures

Standards – Bridges and Structures (BD Series)

BD 2/12 Technical Approval of Highway Structures May 2012 1.1.1

BD 20/92 Bridge Bearings. Use of BS 5400: Part 9: 1983 Oct 1992 2.3.1

BD 24/92 The Design of Concrete Highway Bridges and


Nov 1992 1.3.1
Structures. Use of BS 5400: Part 4: 1990

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

BD 29/04 Design Criteria for Footbridges Aug 2004 2.2.8

BD30/87 Backfilled Retaining Walls and Bridge Abutments Aug 1987 2.1

BD 33/94 Expansion Joints for Use in Highway Bridge Decks Nov 1994 2.3.6

BD 35/06 Quality Assurance Scheme for Paints and Similar


May 2006 2.4.1
Protective Coatings

BD 36/92 Evaluation of Maintenance Costs in Comparing


Aug 1992 1.2.1
Alternative Designs for Highway Structures

BD 43/03 The Impregnation of Reinforced and Prestressed


Concrete Highway Structures using Hydrophobic Pore- Feb 2003 2.4.2
Lining Impregnants

BD45/93 Identification Marking of Highway Structures Aug 1993 3.1.1

BD 47/99 Waterproofing and Surfacing of Concrete Bridge Decks Aug 1999 2.3.4

BD 57/01 Design for Durability Aug 2001 1.3.7

BD 60/04 The Design of Highway Bridges for Vehicle Collision


May 2004 1.3.5
Loads

BD62/07 As Built, Operational and Maintenance Records for


Feb 2007 3.2.1
Highway Structure

BD63/07 Inspection of Highway Structure Feb 2007 3.1.4

BD 74/00 Foundations May 2000 2.1.8

Traffic Engineering and Control, Standards (TD Series)

TD 19/06 Requirements for Road Restraint Systems Aug 2006


2.2.8
Correction No. 1 Feb 2008

TD 27/05 Cross-Sections and Headrooms Feb.2005 6.1.2

Highways, Standards (HD Series)

HD 22/08 Managing Geotechnical Risk Aug 2008 4.1.2

Bridges and Structures, Advice Notes (Interim Advice Notes (IAN) Series)

IAN 48/03 Measures To Minimise the Risk of Sulphate Attack


(Including Thaumasite) – New Construction and Jan 2003
Structures Under Construction

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

IAN 69/05 Designing for Maintenance Dec 2005

IAN 70/06 Implementation of New Reinforcement Standards (BS


4449: 2005, BS 4482: 2005, BS 4483: 2005 and BS Jan 2006
8666: 2005)

IAN 95/07 Revised guidance regarding the use of BS8500 (2006)


for the design and construction of structures using May 2007
concrete

IAN 96/07 Guidance on Implementing Results of Research on


July 2007 1
Bridge Deck Waterproofing

IAN 105/08 Implementation of Construction (Design and


Management) 2007 and the withdrawal of SD10 and Jan 08
SD11

IAN 124/11 Use of Eurocodes for the design of new and existing
July 11
highway structures

IAN 173/13 Implementation of BD 97/12 – The Assessment of Scour


Feb 13
and Other Hydraulic Actions at Highway Structures

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Brent Cross Cricklewood Development Partners – Brent Cross Cricklewood

APPENDIX B – DRAWINGS

Drawing No. Title


47065005-SK-LB-007 Living Bridge Sections and Details Option Study Option 6
47065005-SK-LB-008 Living Bridge Plan

BXC 20
DRAFT APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE, LIVING BRIDGE (B7)
October 2013
Intentionally left blank
BRENT CROSS NOTES
SHOPPING CENTRE LIVING BRIDGE 1. THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL
RELEVANT ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, SERVICES AND
SPECIALIST DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION.
49.840m (STRUCTURAL DECK) 49.840m (STRUCTURAL DECK)
2. ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS OR DETAILS ON OR
BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS SHOULD BE DRAWN TO THE
ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND / OR THE ENGINEER FOR
CLARIFICATION.
48.390m (LIVING BRIDGE SOFFIT: CROSSHEAD
47.590m (SOFFIT OF CROSSHEAD: ROAD SOFFIT + 800mm) 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS NOTED
LEVEL + 6m)
OTHERWISE.

41.706m (SOFFIT + 1.2m 4. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING.


41.590m CONSTRUCTION DEPTH) 41.718m
40.506m (MIN BRIDGE SOFFIT
OVER CHANNEL)

37.068m (BED LEVEL) 39.485m (1:100 FLOOD LEVEL &


CLIMATE CHANGE)

DETAIL A (1:200)
SECTION 1-1 (1:50)

SECTION 2-2 (1:50)

SECTION 4-4 (1:50)


4 1
2

This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is


indicative only for the purposes of the Section 73
2 Planning Application and will be further developed in
4 1 compliance with the parameter plans included in the
File Name : G:\6006 - AT\ACTIVE JOBS\47067094 - BRENT CROSS TOWN BRIDGE\CAD\DRAWINGS\47065005-SK-LB-007-003

Application documents.
ELEVATION 3-3 (1:500)

BASED UPON THE ORDNANCE SURVEY


MAPPING WITH THE PERMISSION OF THE
CONTROLLER OF HER MAJESTY'S
STATIONERY OFFICE c CROWN COPYRIGHT.
This drawing is for preliminary purposes only and is subject to amendment UNAUTHORISED REPRODUCTION INFRINGES
during design development. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES MUST THIS CROWN COPYRIGHT AND MAY LEAD TO
DRAWING BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES PROSECUTIONS OR CIVIL PROCEEDINGS.
AIT SPATIAL LTD LICENCE NO. 100044821
Purpose of issue Project Title Drawing Title Designed Drawn Checked Approved Date
URS Infrastructure & Environment UK Limited
HM RN HM JULY 13
FOR INFORMATION LIVING BRIDGE URS Internal Project No. Suitability
Scott House
Alencon Link, Basingstoke
4:42:15 PM

47065005 Hampshire, RG21 7PP


BRENT CROSS / CRICKLEWOOD SECTIONS AND DETAILS
Plot Date : 29/08/2013 16:42:16

CONSTRUCTION RISKS MAINTENANCE / CLEANING DEMOLITION RISKS Client +44 (0)1256 310 200
Scale @ A1
RISK +44 (0)1256 310 201
AS SHOWN
REGENERATION OPTION STUDY www.ursglobal.com

Rev
Drawing Number

By
OPTION 6
Revision Details Date Suffix
Check SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION BOX
NOTES
1. THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL
RELEVANT ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, SERVICES AND
SPECIALIST DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION.

2. ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS OR DETAILS ON OR


BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS SHOULD BE DRAWN TO THE
ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND / OR THE ENGINEER FOR
CLARIFICATION.

3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS NOTED


OTHERWISE.

4. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING.

This bridge alignment shown on this drawing is


indicative only for the purposes of the Section 73
Planning Application and will be further developed in
compliance with the parameter plans included in the
Application documents.
File Name : G:\6006 - AT\ACTIVE JOBS\47067094 - BRENT CROSS TOWN BRIDGE\CAD\DRAWINGS\47065005-SK-LB-008-004

BASED UPON THE ORDNANCE SURVEY


MAPPING WITH THE PERMISSION OF THE
CONTROLLER OF HER MAJESTY'S
STATIONERY OFFICE c CROWN COPYRIGHT.
This drawing is for preliminary purposes only and is subject to amendment UNAUTHORISED REPRODUCTION INFRINGES
during design development. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES MUST THIS CROWN COPYRIGHT AND MAY LEAD TO
DRAWING BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES PROSECUTIONS OR CIVIL PROCEEDINGS.
AIT SPATIAL LTD LICENCE NO. 100044821
Purpose of issue Project Title Drawing Title Designed Drawn Checked Approved Date
URS Infrastructure & Environment UK Limited
HM PDB HM JULY 13
FOR INFORMATION URS Internal Project No. Suitability
Scott House
Alencon Link, Basingstoke
4:44:22 PM

47065005 Hampshire, RG21 7PP


BRENT CROSS / CRICKLEWOOD
Plot Date : 29/08/2013 16:44:23

CONSTRUCTION RISKS MAINTENANCE / CLEANING


RISK
DEMOLITION RISKS Client LIVING BRIDGE Scale @ A1
+44 (0)1256 310 200
+44 (0)1256 310 201
1:250
REGENERATION PLAN www.ursglobal.com

Rev
Drawing Number

By
Revision Details Date Suffix
Check SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION BOX

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi